ATT400-3 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
•• TEREX
LIFTING CCt:j SIEGE SOCIAL ET USINES Zone Industrielle de la Saule
B.P. 106 71304 - MONTCEAU CEDEX TEL: (33) 03 85 67 38 00 FAX: (33) 03 85 67 38 99
CATALOG 240-4 Safe Operating Practices for Mobile Crane Users . INTRODUCTION NOTE: This material replaces Catalog 240-3
TEREX CRANES INC., is the manufacturer of mobile cranes. cranes are carefully designed. tested and manufactured. When used properly by qualified operators, they will give safe, reliable service. There are Terex Crane offices world-wide to answer any questions about mobile cranes and their safe use. Because cranes have the ability to lift heavy loads to great heights, they also have a potential for accidents if safe' operating practices are not followed. These pages will help the operator prevent accidents which could result in property damage, personal injury or death. General safe practices for working on machinery must be followed as well as the safe operating practices recommended here. Additional precautions may be necessary. depending on attachments used and conditions at the worksite or in the service area. Terex Cranes. Inc. has no direct control over machine application, operation. inspection, lubrication or maintenance. Therefore, it is your responsibility to use good safety practices in these areas.
All crane operations shall comply with the requirements of current Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards, and the current American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
OPERATORS RESPONSIBILITIES Safety must always be the operator's most important concern. The operator must refuse to operate when knowing it is unsafe and consult the job supervisor when safety is in doubt. The operator must read and understand the Operator '5 Manual, and all instructions and signs on the crane. He must see that the machine is in proper order and that all ·operational aids" and "warning signals" are functional before operating. The operator must keep the machine clean including all instrumentation, windows, lights and other glazed surfaces. The operator should remove all oil, grease, mud, ice, and snow from walking surfaces. The operator must store tool and other necessary items in the tool box. The operator must never lift a load without a rated lifting capacity chart in the cab. He must understand how to read the rating plate and know that his crane can safely lift each load before attempting to lift it. He must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influ-
2
ences of alcohol, drugs, or medications that might affect his eyesight, hearing, or reactions. He must see that people, equipment, and material are kept out of the work area. The area around the machine should be properiy barricaded (see Operating Precautions No.5, 6 and 7). When an operators vision is blocked or when operating in' hazardous areas such as power lines or around people, a signalman must be used. Because the operator is not in the best position to judge distance and can not see all parts 01 the jobsite, a signalman may also be necessary at other times. Operators must understand standard crane signals and take signals only from designated signalpeople; except that operators must always obey a stop signallrom anybody. The operator must keep a fully charged fire extinguisher and a first aid kit in the cab at all times and be familiar with how to use Ihese items. The operator should understand the movements of other machinery, trucks and personnel at the jobsite. The operator should never permit people on the machine platforms while the machine is working.
SIGNALPERSON'S RESPONSIBILITY The primary duty of a signalperson is to assist the operator in safe and efficient operation. Operators
3
depend on designated signalpeople 10 assist them in making movements without endangering people or property. Signalpeople must have a clear understanding ollhe work to be done so thaI they can safely coordinate each job with the operators and other crew members. Signalpeople must place themselves where they can be clearly seen and where they can observe the entire operation. Standard crane signals must be used unless olher methods of signaling such as two way radios or flags have been agreed upon.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALL CREW MEMBERS
Any unsafe condition or practice must be corrected or reported to the job supervisor. Everyone who works around cranes, including riggers and oilers, must obey all warning signs and walch out for his own safely and the safety of olhers. Crew members setting .up machine or handling loads are expected to know proper machine erection and rigging procedures.
Watch for hazards during operations and alert Ihe operator and signalpeople of dangers such as power lines, the unexpected presence of people, other equipment, unstable ground conditions and approaching storms. 4
MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY See that operators are trained, competent, physically fit and, if required, licensed. Good vision is required, as are good judgment, coordination and mental ability. Any person who lacks any of these qualities must not be allowed to operate a crane. Signalpeopte must have good vision and sound judgment, . know standard crane signals and be able to give signals clearly. They must have enough experience to be able to recognize hazards and signal the operator to avoid them. Riggers must be trained to determine weights and distances and to select and properly use lifting tackle. Rigging is a complex subject far beyond the scope of this booklet. It is management's responsibility to see that riggers are properly trained. Management must assign a job to a supervisor at the site to be responsible for overall job safety. Crane operators, riggers and crew members must know who has been assigned this responsibility. Crew members must be given specific safety responsibili~ ties and instructed to report any unsafe conditions to their supervisors. Management must assign specific people to coordinate
and direct crane operation for pick and carry lifts and multi-crane lifts (see Operating Precautions No. 30 and 31).
5
PLANNING THE JOB Most accidents can be avoided by careful job pfanning. The person in charge must have a clear understanding of the work to be done, consider alf dangers at the jobsite, develop a plan to do the job safely, and then explain the plan to all concerned. Factors such as these should be considered: • What crew members are needed arid what responsibili-' ties they be given? '
will
• What is the weight of the load to be lifted, the lift radius, boom angle, and the rated lifting capacity of the crane? • How will the signalpeople communicate with the opera-
tor? • What equipment is required to do the job safely? Is a crane the best equipment for the job? • How can jobsite?
the equipment be safely transportedfothe
• Are there. gas lines, power lines or structures which must be moved oravoicled? • Is the surface strong enough to support the machine and
load? • How will load's"be rigged? • What special safety precautions will be taken if a crane
6
must travel wIth a suspended load or if more than one crane is needed to lift a load? (See Operating Precautions No. 29, 30 and 31). • Are unusual weather. conditio.nssuch as winds or extreme cold expected? • What steps will be taken to keeP unnecessary people and equipment safely away from the work area? • How can cranes be positioned to use the shortest boom and radius possible?
OPERATOR'S SAFETY CHECK The operator must make a safety check before starting to work each day to see that themactrine is in proper order. Some things to check are: • Walk around the machine to check that all safety related ilems including protective guardsendplafes are in place. • Check the machine fog book to see that periodic maintenance and inspections have been performed and all necessary repairs made. • Check the operation of the boom hoist upper angle limit switch, boom angle indIcator, backup alarms,anti twoblock wamingdevice. load movement orJoad indicator devices, and other operator aids, • Carefully inspect load bearing parts such as Wire rope 7
(load. lines, boom hoist cable, suspension lines}, boom, outriggers, and hooks. • Be sure no unauthorized field modifications have been made; such as added counterweights and booms that have been improperly repaired. • Check for airand hydraulic oil leaks. • Check all the controls to be sure they are in their correct positions before starting the engine. • After starting the engine, check all gauges and indicators for proper readings. • Test all controls for proper operation . • Check brakes andc!utches. Test load brakes by lifting a load a few inches off the ground and holding it.
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS 1. Mistakes in calculating rated lifting capacities can cause accidents. Several factors must be considered, Including: A. Load radius {lhe distance between the center of the crane rotation lathe, center .oftheload). Note that the radius will increase when the load is lifted. B. 8
Weight of the load, hook, and rigging.
C Boom length, jib, parts of line, and 'operating area (side, rear)
Use the next lower rated capacity when working at boom lengths or radii between the figures on the rated lifting capacity chart. It is dangerous to guess the capacity for boom lengths or radii between those listed on the rated lifting capacity chart. Trying to lift a load without knowing whether it is within the rated capacity while expecting the crane to start to tip to warn of an overload is very dangerou,s. Cranes may suddenly tip over or collapse if the load is too heavy, Crane mounted boom hoist upper angle limit switches, boom angle indicators, backup alarms, anti two-block warning devices, load moment or load indicator devices and other operator aids are no SUbstitute for following the rated lifting capacity chart. operating instructions and safe operating practices. Always stay within rated lifting capacity. The operator must reduce the load under adverse field conditions until, in his judgment, the machine can safely handle the lift. (See Operating Precautions No.4, 13, 15, 19. 22, 30 and
31).
2. Never operate with anything other than a PPM Cranes, Inc, recommended countelWeight 9
. Unauthorized reductions or additions of counterweight constitute a safety hazard.
3. Cranes may tip over or collapse if the operating surface cannot support their weight. Timber mats, steel plates or concrete rafts may be needed under outrigger pads or crawlers to distribute the load under the crane so that the bearing strength of the ground is not exceeded.
Determine the load bearing capacity of the ground or other surface on which machines will be. operating. Be sure cranes are adequate~y supported. Avoid soft or unstable ground, sand, areas with high water tables, and partially frozen ground. When machines are working near trenches, the trenches should be shored or sloped to prevent cave-ins or slides.
4. The rated capacity of a crane is determined with the crane leveled within 1"/0 of grade (1 foot drop or rise in 100 foot distance). Out of level more than 1% will drastically reduce the lifting capacity.
Be sure cranes are level. Check frequently and relevel when necessary. Position outriggers according to the rating cbart. All outrigger beams must be extended the same length; fully extended, mid position or fully retracted. All tires must be off the ground for "On Outrigger" ratings.
5. 10
People can be crushed by falling loads.
Position the machine and use barricades to prevent people from walking under a lifted load.
6. People can be crushed by the sClssors-iike action of the upper rotating on the lower.
Slay away from rotating cranes. Erect barricades to keep people away. Take the time to determine that these areas are clear before swinging.
7. People can be crushed by the rear (counterweight) of the machine if there is not enough room for it to sWing. Position machine and use barricades so that people cannot be trapped between the counter weight and any obstructions.
8. Many people have been injured when riding crane hooks or loads or while being lifted in personnel platforms. They have no control over how they are handled and no protection from impacts or falls. Small mistakes can be fatal. It is strongly recommended that cranes not be used to lift people. Use ladders, scaffolds, elevated work platforms or other equipment designed to lift people.
Cranes should never be use'a to lift people unless there is no Jess hazardous way to perform the needed 11
work and everyone involved has read, understood and complied with Catalog 275, "Important Safety Requirements When Using Personnel PJatformswith Mobile Construction Cranes". Copies of Catalog 275 are available from your distributor. Lifting personnel shall be in strict compliance with appropriate OSHA and ANSI requirements. The lifting of personnel for recreational purposes is neither intended nor approved
9. Power lines have killed or seriously injured people working around cranes. These aCCidents can be avoided by following a few simple rules. Always determine whether there are power lines in the area before starting any job. OSHA regulations require at least ten (10) feet of clearance from lines carrying 50,000 volts or less. Greater clearances are required for lines with higher voltages. Some states require greater clearances than OSHA. Safety requires that you stay as far as possible from power lines and never violate minimum clearances. Always take these precautions if power lines are present.
A.
Notify the Power Company before beginning
work. B.
12
You and the Power Company must take specific
precautions. These may include locating cranes and materials away from power lines, de-energizing and grounding lines, rerouting lines, removing or barricading lines with rubber sleeves. C. Use a signalperson to maintain a safe distance between any part of the machine or load and power lines. The operator is not in the best position to judge distance. D. Warn people to stay away from the machine and load at all times. If the load must be guided into place, ask the Power Company about special precautions such as insulated poles or hot sticks. E. Slow Down. Give yourself time to react to problems and to double check the distance between power lines and any part of the machine load.
Careful planning and supervision offer better protection than any known device. Insulated boom cages, proximity warning devices, and insulating links have limitations and can fail without warning. Insulated boom cages and links only protect part of the crane and can break down electrically when contaminated with dust and water. Operation of proximity warning devices can be affected by different arrangements of power lines, the movement of trucks, materials, the crane itself, and other influences. Relying solely on any of these devices can mislead an operator to believe they are providing protection.
13
10. The load line can break if the hook block contacts the end of the boom. This is called "two-biocking". Twoblocking can be caused by hoisting the hook into the end of the boom, lowering the boom or extending telescopic booms without paying out load line. Two-blocking can pull jibs and lattice crane booms over backwards.
Always keep space between the hook block and boom point. Lower the hook when extending telescopic booms to avoid two-blocking.
11. People can be injured if the hook, boom, load or outriggers are moved before everyone is clear. Make sure everyone is in a safe place belore moving the hook, boom, load or outriggers. Do not move loads over people or vehicle cabs. Do not allow the load to bump or catch on anything.
12.
Injury and damage can occur if the engine is started before servicing is finished.
Prior to servicing the crane, place "Warning" or .. Out of Order" signs on the crane controls. Never start or operate the crane if warning signs are on the crane controls. look under and around the crane to be sure everyone is clear.
13. 14
Rapid swings or sudden starts and slops can
cause the hook and attached load to swing out of control.
Always start and stop movements smoothly and swing at speeds that will keep the load llnder control.
14. Dirty windows, darkness, bright sunlight, fog, rain, and other conditions can make it diHicult for the operator to see.
Keep windows clean. Do not operate if you cannot see clearly enough to operate safely.
15. Even light winds can blow loads out of control, collapse booms, or tip machines. Winds aloft can be much stronger than at ground level.
Do not liflloads if winds create a hazard. lower the boom if necessary. See the rating plate for possible restrictions.
16. Carelessness in getting on and off equipment can result in serious injuries.
Always wait until the machine has stopped. Do not jump on or off. Always use both hands and make sure you have good footing.
17. Slippery floors and steps, tools, trash, or other loose items can cause falls. 15
Keep the machine clean and dry.
18. Damaged crane booms may collapse. Lattice type booms will be weakened by damaged chords, bent or missing lacings, or cracked welds. Telescopic booms will be weakened by distorted bottom or side plates. In either case, the loss of strength is difficult to estimate. Inspect the crane boom daily for damage. Do not used damaged booms. (NOTE: Due to the high strength steels used in booms, special repair procedures are required. Repair procedures for lattice booms are described in Catalog 238, "Repair ProcedUre for Mobile Construction Crane Boom Sections". Consult your distributor for fUrther information.)
19. Crane booms can buckle if side loaded (pulled sideways). Typical causes of side loading are rapid starts and stops while swinging, dragging or pushing a load sideways, winds, or lifting when the crane is not level. Take care to avoid side loading.
20. If the load strikes the boom or the boom hits a building or other object, the boom may collapse. Never let the load or any other object strike the boom.
21. 16
Boom suspension lines will stretch when the load
is lifted and contract when the load is released. At high boom angles this contraction may be enough to pull the boom backward over the crane When r~leasing loads, be sure the boom never tightens against the backstops. Release loads slowly.
22. The load will swing out of control if it is not directly beneath the boom point when lifted. This can side load the boom and may cause the crane to tip or collapse. Always place the boom point directly above the load when lifting.
23. Trying to 11ft a load which is stuck, frozen or attached to something else may result in tipping, boom collapse or other damage. Be sure that loads are free before lifting.
24. If there is not enough wire rope on the drum, the rope can be pulled off. Keep at least two full wraps of wire rope on drums when operating.
25. Foot pedal brake locks are furnished on some cranes to allow the operator to rest his legs when suspending the load for short periods of time. 17
The feet must be kept on the pedals while foot pedal brake locks are in use. Brakes may cool allowing the load to fall.
26. Trying to repair or adjust equipment with a suspended hook or load or with the boom raised could release machinery and let it move unexpectedly.
Always lower the load to the ground and the boom onto proper cribbing before doing maintenance or repair work.
27. Pressure in hydraulic systems can be retained for long periods of time. If not properly released before maintenance people attempt to work on the hydraulic system, this pressure can let machinery move or cause hot oil and hose ends to shoot out at high speed.
Release system pressure before attempting to make adjustments or repairs.
28. Pin-connected booms and jibs may fall if no! properly supported when removing pins.
Make sure both ends of each boom and jib section are supported and the boom suspension lines completely slacked off before removing pins. Never stand on, inside, or under booms or jibs during assembly or disassembly. 18
29. Aswilh all heavyequipment i care must be taken when cranes are driven (traveled) whether on or off the jobsile.
Watch for people, power lines, low or narrow clearances, bridge or road load limits, and sleep hills or uneven terrain. Use a signaiperson in close quarters. Know the height, width, and weighl of the machine. Retract and lock the outriggers; de-energize the outrigger controls with the outrigger master switch. place the boom in the cradle,and set the swing brake or lock before traveling. Store or tie empty hook to prevent swinging.
30. Rated lifting capacities for cr.anes are based on the machine being stationary and level. Traveling a crane with a suspended load (pick and carry operation) or with the boom erected involves special hazards,including the possibility of side loading or tipping over.
Because 01 the many variables involved, the user must evaluate conditions and take. precautions such as these: • Watch for people, power lines, low or narrow clearances, bridge or road load limits. steep hills or uneven terrain. Use a signalperson in close quarters. Know the height. width and weight of the machine. Set the swing brake or lock before traveling. Store or tie empty hooks to prevent swinging . • The job supervisor must specify a person 10 determine 19
and direct safe operation before and during the pick and carry lift. • Check the rated lifting capacity chart for limitations and instructions. • Position the boom in line with the direction of travel. • Reduce the maximum load while travelmg to reflect operating conditions. The safe load will vary depending on speed, crane, terrain, tire capacity and condition, and other conditions. • Inflate tires to specified pressure. • Travel SIOlMY and avoid sudden stops and starts. • Avoid backing away from load. This could increase the radius and cause the machine to tip over. • Use tag fines to keep loads under control • Keep the load close to the ground. • Use the shortest boom possible.
31.
Using two or more cranes to lift a load involves
many hazards not normally encountered in single crane lifts.
Multi-crane lifts must be carefully engineered, keeping the following points in mind. 20
• Since the load is not freely suspended, careful engineering studies must be made to ensure that the load carried by the machine is less than its rated capacity. • Make sure slings are arranged to divide the load as planned. • Review the lifting plan with operators, signalpeople and other crew members belore beginning the lift. • The job supervisor must designate a single person to determine and direct all crane operations before and during every stage of the lift. • Avoid boom side loading (see No. 19).
32. Leaving a machine unattended can be very dangerous.
Before leaving his seat, the operator must take the following steps to prevent the machine from moving: • Lower the load to the ground. Lower the boom when necessary. • Set .the swing brake or lock: • Set .all drum pawls. • Set parking brakes. .21
• Set propel brakes or locks on crawler machines. • Disengage the engine clutch or shut off the engine.
33. All wire rope must be Inspected daily to determine whether it should be replaced. See the inspection form in the Operator's Manual and contact wire rope manufacturers and their. distributors for more information.
Wire rope should be .replaced when any of the followingconditions exist: • In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay . • One outer wire broken at the point of contact with the core of the rope which has worked it's way out of the rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the rope striation. • Wear of one-third the original diameter of the outside indiVidual Wires. • Evidence of heat damage from any cause. • Reduction from nominal diameter of more than:
1/32 inch for diameters 3/8 to and including 1/2 inch. 3/64 inch for diameters 9/16 to and inCluding sl4 iFlCh.
1116 inch for diameters 7/8 to and including 1-1/8 inches. 22
3/32 inch for djameters 1-1/4 to andincluding .1-112
inches. • In standing ropes, more than two oroken wires in one lay in sections petween end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. • Evidence of kinking,bird c;:1ging, crushing, clJIs, abraSions, sharp. b.ends or any other parnage that results in distortion of the rope structure, . • Rust or corrosion, • For rotation resistant ropes, any evidence of.!engthening of rope IlR')l1.\lW PPM, fwmil% ~nw~ Gourenoo mix %~ roGtoMf ~iltrrtlrtltlqU% aM j'lOll'lt mOft tW!~;ruclIBU11:l1U00ISIr!iJ
looorpom. Gable !if 1fl mm, !1:}1'1'
!{51MMIL
-
v«ln ~b!e dflf,
~~~ ®:lJ ~
:rlJM ¥Sw% {f% ~r1til.
,~~ ~~fld%oo~MW~:
• 1_1bJ !1ixr% 00 li'l tool. ~ fml~B ~tqoo a.u ~ ~ mi~(jl} ~a.fll jlr_flf Il'f~_
,
• ~~ ~ (jl} ~IWl'1t ~ Ie m1!ltoorflflf ®:I.l mlM!i ~ a ~~f .ff6l&lm. Ffmn ~llU. ~mlqU% nm!!1· fl~SS
, F~1i! 4 t1~a.flls ~ .sc~~ ~r@!J!kju% M_1%Mm! a.yntcfifMM 1!)1'l ~liilA '~_llOOM _~!on flf~!on pp~ n&a!~
IUSI&_,
jJ1.lf
Pli. ffi1%t profilliirul '® fi9 .flY \@ \@ r@ r~ I~
$
~ rb
~ ,~ \
@ \
~ ,~ \
I
@
T
CJ)
@ \
'~ .~
~ \®
I
\ \ rl '~ EJ)
.\
®
@
~ .~ .~
t*,
I
®
fa ~
@ \
~ l~
o 218
• .. fiiJEE i\
STOP
~ ~ Dol
~
~
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232'f:
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
0 @ o 224
219
214
220
@ 212
213
217/217a
212/ Ignition switch 213/ Engine shut down switch 214/ Cigar - lighter 215/ Gear lever 217/ Heating control switch 217a / Option - Air conditioning fan control 218/ Anti twoblock override switch 219/ LMI override key 220/Boom key-switch
221 / Working Iigth indicator
IV-8- 4
Edition:
02/2002
LtIt::1
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Central control panel
r@ ~ .~ {~
c/
l~ l\® \
@ \ I
@ @
I@ ~ I~ @ \
\
@> @
\
CJ)
CJ)
@ \
\
r~ .~ .~ ® 7 ,~ \® \® \ \ {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~ '/
@ \
.~ \
@
~ {~
t*,
I
®
IS r~
@ \
.~ l~
o 218
•T.. fiiJEE i\
STOP
~ ~ Dol
I~
225 226 227 ,228 229 W230 231 232~
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
0 @ o 224
219
214
220
@ 212
217/217a
222 / Undercarriage general warning light 223 / Clogged hydraulic filter warning light 224 / Reactivation of the derricking up function 225 / Front suspension locking warning light 226 / Rear suspension locking warning light 227 / Rear steering locking light 228 / Over rear indicator light 229 / Front interwheels differential locking light
Edition :
02/2002
IV-8- 5
213
Driving controls Central control panel
r@ ~ .~ {~
C/
l~ l\® \
@ \ I
@ @
I@ ~ I~ @ \
@> @
\
\
\
CJ)
CJ)
@ \
r~ .~ .~ ® 7 ,~ \® \® \ \ {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~ '/
@ \
.~ \
@
~ {~
t*,
I
®
IS r~
@ \
.~ l~
o 218
•T.. fiiJEE i\
STOP
~ ~ Dol
I~
225 226 227 ,228 229 W230 231 232~
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
0 @ o 224
219
214
220
@ 213
217/217a
212
230 / Rear interwheels differential locking light 232 / Free slewing warning light 233 / Outriggers selector control 234 / Front axle dog clutch control
250 / Forward windscreen wiper control 251 / Cab roof windshield wiper control 252 / Windscreen washer control
IV-8- 6
Edition:
02/2002
LtIt::1
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Central control panel
r@ ~ .~ {~
c/
l~ l\® \
@ \ I
@ @
I@ ~ I~ @ \
\
@> @
\
CJ)
CJ)
@ \
\
r~ .~ .~ ® 7 ,~ \® \® \ \ {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~ '/
@ \
.~ \
@
®
IS r~
@ \
.~ l~
o 218
STOP
~ ~ Dol
I~
225 226 227 ,228 229 W230 231 232~
A:m,.
~ {~
t*,
I
•T.. fiiJEE i\
12331123411235112361
0 @ o 214
224
219
220
@ 212
217/217a
253 / Working light control 254 / Fan control 257 / Auxiliary winch selection control 258 / Free slewing control 259 / Turret locking control
260 / counterweight ram up / down control
261 / Counterweight lock/unlock control 270 / Front left-hand pad control switch
271 / Front right-hand pad control switch
Edition :
02/2002
IV-8- 7
213
Driving controls Central control panel
r@ ~ .~ {~
C/
l~ l\® \
@ \ I
@ @
I@ ~ I~ @ \
@> @
\
\
\
CJ)
CJ)
@ \
r~ .~ .~ ® 7 ,~ \® \® \ \ {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~ '/
@ \
.~ \
@
~ {~
t*,
I
®
IS r~
@ \
.~ l~
o 218
•T.. fiiJEE i\
STOP
~ ~ Dol
I~
225 226 227 ,228 229 W230 231 232~
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
0 @ o 224
219
214
220
@ 212
213
217/217a
272 / Crane or outriggers selection control switch 273 / Manual accelerator 275 / Front suspension lock control
276/ Rear left-hand pad control switch 277/ Rear right-hand pad control switch 278 / Outriggers extension or pad selection control 281 / Rear suspension lock control
282/ Inter-wheel differential lock control switch 286 / Front axle dog clutch control 287 / Rear steering lock control switch
IV-8- 8
Edition:
02/2002
Maintenance and operator's manual
Driving controls
Upper fuses plate T1 - Gear selector ----------------------------- 10A T2 - front axle lock-up - Interwheels differential Front steering releasing - - - - - - - - - - - - ------------- 6A T3 - Car radio --------------------------------------- 10 A T4 - Up and down counterweight---------------------- 6A T5 - Hydraulic oil cooler ------------------------------ 15A T6 - Not used T7 - Cab heater - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20A T8 - Turret general warning - Oil filter------------------ 6A T9 - Windscreen wiper - Cab fan- Cigar lighter - working spotlight - horn - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 A T10 - Not used T11 - Seat safety switch Telescope retraction synchronization--------------- 10 A T12 - LMI------------------------------------------- 10A T13 - Outrigger functions ---------------------------- 10A T14 - Not used T15 - Not used T16 - Not used T17 - Not used T18 - 3 wraps remaining - Rotation locking - - - - - - - - - - - - 10A T19 - Not used T20 - Not used T21 - Not used T22 - Not used T23 - Not used T24 - Not used T25 - Not used T26 - Not used T27 - Not used T28 - Not used T29 - Not used T30 - Not used T31 - Not used T32 - Not used T33 - Not used T34 - Not used
Edition : 02/2002
IV-8- 9
Maintenance and operator's manual
Driving controls
Driving controls
Edition :
04/2000
IV-C- 1
Maintenance and operator's manual
Driving controls
Boom base Turret Boom head
Counterweights
. . Forward
Front outriggers Rear outriggers Engine
Edition : 04/2000
IV-C- 3
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab control equipment 2
4 1 / Steering wheel THE MACHINE CAN ONLY BE STEERED FROM THE CAB WHEN CAB SELECTION SWITCH 26 IS IN CHASSIS POSITION WARNING LIGHT OUT. The rear wheels must firstly be lined up with respect to the chassis and locked into position in the following manner: - from the chassis cab · control ref. 21 to line up wheels · control ref. 97 to lock in position (warning light goes out) - from the turret cab · control ref. 208 to line up wheels · control ref. 287 to lock in position ( warning light ref. 127 goes out)
2 / Antitheft ignition switch Before starting up, check the position of the engine stop control Position 1: contact + Battery electrical cut off switch on Battery charge, oil pressure, water temperature, air brake pressure, gearbox fault, power assisted steering, suspension locking, parking brake, and air filter warning lights all come on. An audible signal is activated, wait until this signal ends before starting the engine. (Check the bulbs and change if necessary). Position 2 - engine start.
3 / Emergency brake control Lever forwards: brake off (Unlocked) Lever back: brake on (locked). Warning light 55 comes on. It is possible to regulate brake application by pulling the lever back faster or more slowly.
4 / Steering column adjustment pedal IV-C- 4
Edition : 04/2000
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab control equipment 17 ________~~~~
3 -----L"-.J
6-
5 / Accelerator pedal Press the pedal down to increase engine speed. Release the pedal to reduce engine speed. The position of the accelerator pedal affects automatic gear change. With full acceleration, upward gear changes will automatically take place at high engine speeds; with less acceleration, gear changes will take place at lower engine speeds.
6 / Gear selector pad This is an electronic push button gear selector unit. Each button (R, N, 0,3,2, 1) is a switch. Press the switch corresponding to the required gear range, a light click will be felt, the button will light up and a bip will be heard to notify that the transmission is ready to function in the chosen range. WARNING: Never free wheel the machine with the gear box in neutral as this can seriously damage the transmission. Remember that there is no engine brake when in neutral (N).
R Use this position to reverse drive the machine. Completely stop the machine before changing from forward to reverse (and vice-versa). The reverse drive warning signal is actived when this gear is selected.
Edition : 04/2000
IV-C- 5
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
N This position is selected when starting up the engine, checking correct working order of accessories, or eventually when the engine is at idling speed for long periods. If the engine starts with the selector in any other position it means that there is a problem with the safety device and this should be repaired as quickly as possible. Select the neutral position when the machine is left unsupervised with the engine running, also make sure that the parking brake is always applied. DANGER: Always make sure that the parking brake is applied (ref 4) and the wheels are blocked whenever the machine is left unattended, even for a short time.
·111,....;,·'.:_:
:-.-
" :l.
.
.
D When this range is selected the machine will set off in 1st or 2nd gear and will automatically shift through up to 6th gear according to acceleration. When the machine slows down the transmission will automatically shift down to the most appropriate gear. This is the position when driving in normal road conditions. 3 - 2 - 1 Road, load and traffic conditions sometimes mean that gear ranges have to be limited. They also provide progressively more powerful engine braking in gradient driving conditions. In 6 x2 mode: D : This selection authorizes 2-3-4-5-6
3 : This selection authorizes 1-2-3. 2 : This selection authorizes 1-2 1 : This selection authorizes 1. In 6 x 6 or 6 x 4 mode: D : This selection authorizes 1-2. 3 : This selection authorizes 1-2 2 : This selection authorizes 1-2
1 : This selection authorizes 1 The display allows the selected range to be displayed (bars are displayed), along with the directional movement of the machine (an arrow is displayed above or beneath the the bars). An error code is displayed in case of a system anomalie.
IV-C- 6
Edition : 04/2000
Maintenance and operator's manual
Driving controls
Carrier cab controls
9~
7 7 / Brake pedal
8 / Cab heating control 9 / Exhaust brake control Use this control with the engine and road brakes. Release the accelerator and press the control button (9) to activate the exhaust brake. This control cannot be used in converter mode.
10/ Electronic gearbox control unit This unit is used for break down diagnosis. Internal controls may only be used by specialist After Sales Technicians. The powersupply must be cut, and the unit disconnected, before any welding is done on the crane or on any objects suspended on the hook.
Edition : 04/2000
IV-C- 7
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab controls
11 / Windscreen wiper / washer control - First position - Second position - All positions
: SLOW : FAST : WINDSCREEN WASHER
12 / Lights - direction indicators - hom
o I
v I R 70
71
~~ D~
Direction indicators - left hand indicator: handle back - right hand indicator: handle forwards A flashing indicator comes on (65 - 66) Horn - press end of lever in any position. Lights Battery switch off - parkinglights and dipped headlights may be used Battery switch on - switch at 0 (impulse): headlight flash the blue indicator 72 comes on when headlight flash or full beam is used - switch at V: parkinglights ( indicator 70) - switch at R: dipped and full beam headlights (indicator 72 - 71)
72
IV-C- 8
Edition : 04/2000
Maintenance and operator's manual
Driving controls
Carrier cab controls 17 _ _ _ _ _----,
14
15
13 / Electric retarder control Use the retarder to save the brakes and increase efficiency in an emergency. This brake should be used to slow down the vehicle on slopes. It must never be used while pressing the main brake pedal at high speed. Such use, which is totally ineffective, may cause breakage on the rear axle and abnormal wear on the tires. This is a 5 position switch. Position 1: Retarder off; Position 5: maximum slowing. Pause at each position before moving to the next. In wet conditions use the retarder step by step, being careful not to exceed adherence limits. Stop using the retarder if there is any concern. In snowy conditions, drive at reduced speed and do not exceed position no. 2. Stop using the retarder if there is any concern. When setting off in icy conditions, place the retarder in no.2 position and accelerate slowly. Make sure that the retarder is cut off before leaving the machine
14/ Parking brake 15/12 and 24 volt points
16 / Troubleshooting aid connector
Edition : 04/2000
IV-C- 9
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab controls 27
28
(Q)
(Q)
lIJ ~.
IppMI
~ ~ ~ 00 ~'
I"~,"1 1,'~'Jj'1
~'
I
~.
26
1fmlnx100
15 10 ,.J....., 20
~ G>
~
III
,P ,P
\
.
5-
20
~,
;.---1
_25
:30
~
p
P
@
20 / Electronic speedometer The speedometer is calibrated before delivery. Should tyre size change, have the speedometer recalibrated.
21 / Rear wheel steering control Speed is limited to 20 Km/h with rear wheel steering unlocked.
Unlock the rear wheels on axle with control 97 .Cramped or crab steering is possible. This control is also used to line up rear wheels before operating rear steering lock, 97. The rear steering may be locked only if rear wheels are absolutely lined up with chassis. For this, use a very low speed ( 1 to 2 km/h), select 97 and use control 21 with light impulses.
22 / Manual accelerator Engine speed limited to 2000 rpm.
IMPORTANT: This command is only to be used to set engine speeds for crane functions. It is not to be used when traveling the crane.
IV-C- 10
Edition : 04/2000
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab controls 27
lIJ ~.
28
© ©
IppMI
~ ~ ~ 00 ~'
~'
~.
15 10 .. .J....., 20
~ G>
~
III
_25
;.---1
:30
,P ,P
\
.
5-
~,
~
p
P
23 / Axle ABS disconnection control This control enables the axle ABS to be disconnected. Press this button to disconnect the ABS (indicator 25 is flicking). When working on road ensure that the ABS is selected. (indicator 25 is be off) Disconnect the ABS when driving on uneven ground or on a road covered with snow.
Edition :
04/2000
I
26
1fmlnx100
20
I"~,"1 1,'~'Jj'1
IV-C- 11
@
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab controls 27
~
(Q)
28
(Q)
[IJ ~ ~ ~.
~.
~.
I"~II,]..
IPPM]
~
00
I''i" «D"]
21
~@Q~ ~ I~ .~ 0 @
IP I0 P ~ @
26
1{mlnx100
15 10 ,..L-, 20
,
Il!!!!¥ ,
-........II
5-
20
0....
P P cP
vdo
'..25 '30
$
G>
~
PP
P
@
®
P
22 23
25 / Default axle ABS indicator or all terrain ABS not selected This indicator goes on when ASS is not selected or when an ASS system fault has been detected.
26 / Cab selection control switch and warning light: Upper / Lower Gear selector 6 on neutral Press on switch to give permission driving from upper cab.The warning light turns on and remains lighted during the selection of turret cab.
27 / Dual fuel option - Red light red fuel This light goes on when the turret cab is selected using command no. 26.The engine then uses fuel from the domestic fuel oil tank. WARNING: It is essential to keep a "consumption" record of amounts of domestic fuel oil used by the vehicle if it is fitted with the dual fuel device.
28 / Dual fuel option - Green light diesel This light goes on when the vehicle cab is selected using command no. 26. The engine then uses fuel from the diesel oil tank.
IV-C- 12
Edition : 04/2000
Driving controls
Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier cab controls
II
1* I'cx> 0
@
1:~11:1;'
'1
~"
[...\ I ,
~'
~.
~'
[ppMI
.cY'l =-t. [."i' ~ 00 ~.
33
31
36
1fmlnx100
S% LUBRISOL 6279
RIMULA X 10W + 3.12%->S% LUBRISOL 6279
Edition: 04/2001
VI-3
Fuel-Iubbrifiants
Maintenance and operator's manual
Component capacities
Engine......... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ..... refer to constructor's manual Gas oil tank....................................... 250 L Hydraulic tank .................................... 360 L Swing reducer................................. 3 L Winch reducer ............................. 4 L Steering :..................................... 0,5 I Torque converter + gear box :..... 28 L Front axle housing :..................... 13,5 L Front axle reduction gears .......... 1,6 L Rear axle housing :.................... 17 L Rear axle reduction gears :....... 1,5 L The above capacities are given for guidance only. Whenever possible, it is advisable to be guided by the levels shown on the components to be lubricated.
WARNING: NEVER MIX SYNTHETIC OILS WITH MINERAL OilS
VI-4
Edition :
04/2001
Maintenance and operator's manual
Fuel-Iubrifiants
Filter elements (MERCEDES engine) Engine oil filter ....................................... 5 63505-69 Gas oil filter........................................... M 63505 -18 Fuel preflter: ...................... D 26505-92 Gearbox filter: .............. T 63505 - 70 Air filter........... primary............................ A 63505-53 security............................. B 63505 - 54 Hydraulic circuit filter :............................... W 27505-90 Element service indicator.......................... W 63505-26K 18416-42 Dessicator filter :...................................... A 27505-24 The engine data card is one of the engine document which should be kept with the maintenance booklet. It contains details about the production condition of the engine, including special versions. Presenting the engine data card is absolutely necessary for acquiring parts, in order to ensure unproblematical ordering of the required parts.
Edition: 04/2001
VI-5
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.0 1
Huiles moteur monogrades Classes SAE prescrltes, voir feulile 224, utilisation dans vehlcules et moteurs, feullle Z23.2
Aral Basic: Turboral
Aral AG. 80chum
Caltex Oelo 350 Caltex Oelo 600 Carrier Turbo S
Caltex (UK) Limited. London/England Caltex (UK) Limited. London/England MOL Hungarian Oil and Gas Co.• Komaromi Ungam
DEA Cronos Super Diesel Oil MB-o Divinol SpeZiai 2000 HD
DEA Mineraloel AG. Hamburg Bardahl de Mexico, Mexico D. F./Mexico Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co •• Eislingen
Elf Performance 3 0 Ellmotol HD C3 Essolube XD 3+ EssoIube XD-3 +
Elf Lubrifiants. ParislFrankreich Eller-Montan-Comp. GmbH. Duisburg Esso AG. Hamburg Esso AG. Hamburg
Fina Kappa Super
Fina Europe S.A.• BrOssellBelgien
Gulfteet Super Trailer (E)
SAEL, MadridlSpanien
Ibis HPOO 40 A Ibis HPDO 40 B
Rafineria Gdanska SA. GdanskIPolen Rafineria Gdanska SA. GdanskIPolen
lIIadit Extra
Slovna; Repu....1\
OMVtruck
OMV AG. Wien/Osterreich
Shell Myrina 0 Monograde Shell Rimula X Monograde SPCSOM801 Statoil PieselWay SUdOl HD-MotorenOi 53 SudOl MotorenO! HO Super Sunoco MB 8.0-40
Shell International. LondonlEngland Shell International. LondonlEnglancl Singapore Petroleum Co.• Singapore/Singapur Statoil. StawngerlNorwegen SudOl GmbH. Eislingen SOdOI GmbH. Eislingen Aceites y Parafinas Industriales. Guadaljaral Mexico
Ursa Supsr LA
Texaco Services (Europe) LTO. BrusselsIBelgien
Veba Movara Extra-MotorO!
Veba Oel AG. Gelsenkirchen
WlIltershail Rekord
Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzbergen GmbH
- 8-
i.,
BratislavalSiowakische
LES HUILES MOTEUR
Huiles moteuf multigrades Classes SAE prescrltes. voir feullle 224. utilisation dans vehlcules et moteurs feuille 223.2
Aseol Perla 15-73 Aseol Perla LD 15-75 Avantol·Turbo-Plus Avis Multi CFE Avis Multigrade HOC Extra Avin Ultra 1540
Ashland Oil B.V., DordrechtlNiederland Addinol MineralOl GmbH, Krumpa Addinol MineralOI GmbH. Krumpa Petrolchimica SA, PreonzolSchweiz Abu Dhabi National Qil Co., Abu DhabL Abu Dhabi National Oil Co., Abu DhabL Agip Petroli S.pA, Romlltalien Agip Petroli S.p.A., RomJItalien Agip Petroli S.pA, Romlltalien Agrola AG, WinterthurlSchweiz Agrola AG, WinterthurlSchweiz ANCAP, MontevideoJUruguay Elf Lubrifiants, ParislFrankreich J. B. Moris N.VJSA, SchotenlBelgien Anonima Petroli ltaliana, RomJItalien Aral AG, Bochum AraI AG, Bochum Peeters Brems SA., Wijngem·,t.ntwerp Peeters Brems S.A., Wijngern-Antwerp Durand· Production S.A., HamesiFrankl Franz VoiUAnder GmbH, Kronach Franz VoiUAnder GmbH, Kronach Hubert Math. MUller HandelsgesellscN Eschweiler SheD AseoI AG, BernlSchweiz SheD Assol AG, BernlSchweiz Karl Pohlmann, Korbach Avia MineralOI·AG, Manchan Avia Mineral31·AG, Munchen Motor Oil (Hellas), MaroussVGriechenl.
BayWa MotorenOl HD Superior 1540 BayWa Universal HD 1040 MC BenzolSHPD Baverol Gold Opta Blasol243 BlasoI260 BP Leich1lauf·MotorenoeI1040 BP PUote 3000 Diesel BP Super V Turbo BP Vanellus C3 Multigrade BP Vanallus FE
BayWa AG, Munchen BayWa AG, Munchan British Benzol (Lubr.), Barugh. Bamsle1 Beverol Works Ltd., BeverwijkINiederla Blaser + Co. AG, Hasle Rueg.saulSch'oll Blaser + Co. AG, Hasle RuegsaulSch'oll BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg BP Oillntemational, London/England BP Oillntemational, LondonIEngiand BP Oil International, London/England BP Oillntemational, London/England
A.P .B. Turbo Guard MD Addinol Super Diesel plus Addinol Super star MX 1547 Admiral SHPD Adnoc Extra Super Engine Oil Adnoc HPSD Engine Oil Agip Master Superturbo S.H.P.D. Agip Universal Extra Agip Universal Multilleet Agrola FEO Turbo Motoroil Agrola Multigrade Htl Ancap Turbodisel Antal Grapholia MS Multigrade Antol Multi-green-diesel SG ApUube D Multidiesel Turbo AraI Multi Turboral Motor61 AralOIP247 Ardea High Grade Multigrade Motoroil Ardea Long Drain High Grade Motor Oil ,tr8C8 Multi Funo Argon·Hochieistungs-MetvbereichsOi Argon·LeichtiaufOi SHPD Aristokrat Motor6I Super KTX turbo HD
- 9-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1 2
Cal pam Multifleet Longlife Motor Oil Caltex Delo 350 Multigrade Caltex Delo 600 Multigrade Calypso! Bison Calypsol Turbo II Campsa Diesel Carrier Maximol 99 Diesel carrier Turbo Diesel Castfl.i ~VX
Castrol i'n~ Super Plus Castrol AX Super SP Champion Turbofleet Extra Chemico HP Multifleet Classic HOC SHPO Colran Sintolux LOX CPC Superfleet Special Motor Oil DEA Cr",lO$ Premium XL DEA Cronos Super OX DEA HochIeistungsmotorenOl Deutz Oel HD-C Oeutz Oel TLL Diamant HD C-3 MehrbereichsOl Diamant HD Turbo LL Dislub Super Divino! Multimax C3 Divino! turbo DoIorniti Super HD Duckhams Diesel Motor Oil DuplexCDX Econo-Veritas HOC 8f Disoia W
Elf Performance 3D Multigrade Elf Performance Super Multigrade Ellmotol Econo HDC Ellmotol HD Super C 3 Ellmotol-HD Super GT Emera Super Plus EMKA Supergrade LL-X EMKA Universal HO-C Emo Turbo Champion Plus Endurance S.H.P.O. Engen Dieselube 300 Super Eroil Turbo-SS3 Erso!in Turbo FE Esse Special Diesel + Motoroil Esse Super Diesel Oil X Esse Synthetic Turbo Diesel MotOi' Oil Esse Ultra Diesel Oll X Esse Uniflo Diasel Essolube LOX EssoIube MHX Essolube XD-3+ Multigrade EssoIube XD-3+ Eurotrans Eurol Uni
Exat
- 10-
Calpam Mineralol·Geselischaft mbH, Aschaffenburg . caltex (UK) Ltd., LondonfEngland Caltex (UK) Ltd., LondonfEngland Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft, Eschweiler Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft, Eschweiler Campsa Lubricanles, MadridlSpanien MOL Hungarian Oil and Gas Co., KomaromlUng~rn MOL Hungarian Oil and. Gas Co., KomaromlUngarn Castrol Ltd., SwindonlEngland Castrol Ltd., SwindonlEngland Burmah Oil Technology GmbH, Hamburg Wolf Oil Corp. S.A., HemiksemlBelgien Engen Marketing Ltd .• KapstadtlSudafrika Chr. Luhmann. Hoya Cofran Recherche SARL. La Roche/ielFrankreich Chinese Petroleum Corporation, Chia-YifTaiwan DEA Min6ra1oel AG, Hamburg OEA Mineraioel AG. Hamburg DEA Mineraloel AG. Hamburg K10Ckner Energiehandel GmbH, KOln K10Ckner Energiehandel GmbH, KOln August FOrstmann. Hamburg August F6rstmann, Hamburg Dialor de Maxico, S.A. de C.V.• Leon. Guanajuatol Mexico Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co., Eislingen Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co.• Eislingen ROLOIL, Cologno-Mailandlltalien AJex. Duck!"J,am & Co. Ltd., Bromey, KentiEngland Morris & Co. Ltd.• Shrewsbury/England BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg Elf Lubrifiants. ParisIFrankreich Elf Lubriflants. ParisIFrankreich Elf Lubrifiants, ParislFrankreich Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH, Ouisburg Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH, Duisburg Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH. Ouisburg Plama Oil. P1even!Bulgarien EMKA Schmiertechoik GmbH, Heilbronn EMKA Schmiertechnik GmbH. Heilbronn Motor Oil (Hellas), Maroussi/Griechenland Precision Oils Ltd., Bradford/England Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadtiSudafrika Eroil minaraloil. Zweib!JCken Engros·Handelsgeselischaft, Bonn Esso Italiana S.pA, Romlltalien Esse AG, Hamburg Esso Italiana S.p.A.• Romlltalien Esse AG, Hamburg Esse AG. Hamburg Esse AG. Hamburg Esse AG. Hamburg Esse AG. Hamburg Esse SAF., FrankreichlFrankreich Eurol MineralOi. RiedlOsterreich Exol Oil Refinery, Virginia/Sudafrika
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1 3
Falcon Super XMO Oil Fina Kappa Supra Fina Kappa Turbo 01 Formula TX Turbo Multitec 3000 Frankoline Fuchs Titan Universal HO 1540
Falcon Oil Co. ltd., SharjahlU.A.E. Fina Europe SA, BrusseVBelgien Fina Europe SA, BrusseVBelgien BFT,Bonn Beckmann MineralOlhandel GmbH, Osnabruck Fuchs Mineraloelwerke GmbH, Mannheim
GaipCamius
Petroleos de Portugal Petrogal SA, Ussabonl Portugal GENOl Geselischaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich GENOl Gesellschaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich GENOl Gesellschaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich Bremin Mineraloel Gmt5Fr+Co., Mulheim an der Ruhr / ' Gulf Oil Intemational, londoniEngland Gult Oil (GS) Ltd., Cheltenham/England SAEl, Madrid/Spanien Gulf Oil (GB) ltd., CheltenhamlEngland
Genol Multigrade 1540 Genol Multigrade 1540 Pl Genol Uni-Syn 1040 EC Gold Star Testa II Gulf Superfleet (GIL) Gulf Superfleet 200 (GB) Gulfteet Multi-Trailer (EP) Guillee! Vantage (GB)
Hessol Superior Homberg-Mulli-Oel HOC Homberg-Turbo UFE Hunold Turbo Star
Hafs, Paris/Frankreich Sinopec Shanghai Gao Qiao Refinery, Shanghai! China Hessische Oelweri
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
PAGE DE GARDE
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
COVER SHEET
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE !l: PPM. L tE PEUT ErnE N REPRf.(lUT, N C(JtUQE SANS ~TRE AUT(RSA1m /TItS ORAWNj IS 11£ PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS tilT BE USED ~ REPROru:EO wmwr M Atl1tfOOIZATO{
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 14/09/00 18/03/2002
PAGE:
1
",,-1 I 2
i 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12
13 I 14
I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19
~1~lnlBI~I~I~IVI~I~I~I~I~lnl~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(PAGES INDEX)
PAGE INO FUNCTIONS 71 A MAIN BOOM-FlYGIB ANT! TWO BLOCK I BOOM HEAD LIGHT 100 0 LOOMS FABRICATION MAIN FEATURES 101 D TURRET LOOM LAYOUT 102 B TURRET LOOM LAYOUT 103 0 BOOM LOOM LAYOUT 104 D CHASSIS I BOXES LOOM LAYOUT 105 B CHASSIS / BOXES LOOM LAYOUT 106 B OUTRIGGERS I LIGHTING LOOM LAYOUT 107 B OUTRIGGERS I LIGHTING LOOM LAYOUT 108 A POWER I GROUND LOOM LAYOUT 109 ( ENGINE LOOM LAYOUT 110 C FRONT LIGHTING LOOM LAYOUT 111 A "ABS' LOOM LAYOUT 112 0 REO FUEL LOOM LAYOUT OPTION 113 0 OS350C S.L.I. LOOM LAYOUT 114 D MEGACOMP. S.L. I. LOOM LAYOUT 125 0 WIRES LISTING 126 0 WIRES LISTING 127 0 WIRES LI ST ING 128 0 WIRES LIS1I NG 129 0 WIRES LIST ING no 0 WIRES 1I 5T !NG 131 0 WIRES LISTING 132 D WIRES LISTING 133 0 WIRES LISTING 134 0 WIRES LI ST ING 135 0 WIRES II 5T ING 136 0 WIRES LISTING 137 0 WIRES LISTING 138 0 WIRES LISTING
A
r-
B
r-
(
-
LOCATION TURRET TURRET TURRET BOOM CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER TURRET TURRET
PAGE INO 139 140 141 142
143 144 145 150 151 152 153
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
D
155
0 0 0 0 0
156 157 158
0 0
154
D
175
A
176
177
D D
178
179
180
181 182 200
ID I0 A
LOCATION
FUNCTIONS VI IRES LI ST ING
WI RES LI ST ING WIRES LI ST ING WIRES LI STING WIRES Li S1 ING WIRES II STING WIRES l! STING COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT BULBS PART NUMBER
OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF
CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS CONNECTORS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS COMPONENTS
(MODIFICATION MANAGEMENT) 0
INO MODIF
MODIFICATION TYPE
DATE
NOM
r-
E
PPM TEREX
CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S. : MACHINE: 241210 --> CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. l
~
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
PAGE DE GARDE
ArUGOl3 ELECTRI[ FILE
COVER SHEET
?EUT £TilE It RE?ROOJT,It
((JotlHJ£
SANS OOTRE AUTOOISArot I TItS ORAWNi IS 11£ f'RI:»lERTY OF PPH.IT IS NOT BE USED 00 flEPROIlm) WITHOOT
ATT400/3 ~
AUTli\'mATm
Dessinateur: 8.( Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
03/11100 18/0312002
INDICE : 0 PAGE: 2
41 41
-J
519
«
g:
~~It1:~~~ltt207
A
:;::,
52.6)
10A mill F~ill [@J
-J 0
(BAn)
(BATD
t~6
@
UJ
:z
a:::
10A
(639)
806
'4"1
1~3P21
ADM4
5
1
6
,
~l
(5.32)
BD6
EP3.
~~1
i3 ~v P1 P1. 3
6
a:::
~I
B
H2O H2O
~I
"'I "'I I I I I
@ EPi
EP2.
J
EP3.
I
J!5.2OI 'G39d
!5.14J
~ 1 :~r r-~
~r1HII
s~~~~4~J:, ,
EP19. (3.27)
I[' ,
(
~,
~
@
~
,~,
300
0 -...:t
rn
("0.1
~
~
~
0 ..-
'4"
-..0
!:;
-...:t ..-
12
is 0:::
EP.73.
EP.72.
'"
BR7G
l-
~~ R2-BR7~ (12.19)
~
~ !;2 « EPJO. I0::: (1122)
624
22
BR7G 15
IUJ
..-
a::: ::::>
!:;
MERCEDES DiAGNOSTIC PLUG OIAG , 1
EP.29.
I-
(3.5) .....-..;t-
~
~
I I I I _ _ 4141 _ I_ _ _ _ _
EP.158.
7 P1S.
b~15
b 1005_ _ _ _ '_ --1 ~
i5@835 18
-...:t
0:::
t
30
:E:
I I I I I I I I I I
P1 P1. 17
P15 67
~
(7.18) (8.21) t12.1O)
~l['1 rJII~ fl i ~~~
~I-
~
210
B35
835
835
835
3B
2B
1A
3A
M15
----
-----~I----
as REGULATOR
L
I
EP.61. (18.401
I
l~4 I~ 1~6 1m
o 15
EP.71.
--,-l
_J W
~
{6.'J)
(6.131
(6.19)
(16.36)
130
U"1 ..,-
EP.104.
E
# ~
H2O
H2O
H2O
)
)
)
;,~
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~rS:-
~~
(26.440)
440
~~
t;.¥l
H15
~
ETUDE: 1371 E.PS: MACHINE: 241210 -->
~
(1039) (1931) (28.14)
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
CONTACT -OEMARRAGE-CHARGE I BOITIER ELECTRONIQUE MOTEUR
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
BATTERIES / ENGINE STARTING / ALTERNATOR CHARGE
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE Pf'Ioll lIE PEUT EM N REPRIWT. N catl.Nl( SANS NOTRE AUTmlSA1Dt I
ms mAWH.i IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS N)T BE USED 00 REPROro:ED \oII1l{)tJT 0tR AtJTIllRIZAD
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: S.C Verificateur: RP.
PORTEUR CARRIER Date: 27/fJ/OO
Date: 18/03/2002
INDICE : C PAGE: 3
"'" I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 ! 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 ! 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A
(§-#
#
~
(~ -
[J H20 EPa.
B
I
H20
H20
EP9.
EP1O.
H20
EP1t
r-
-
Ln
t
1..11 ..-
Ui
!Pi 13 !Pi 14 -Q'lI 128
~P1P1. t~ 6~ XP1 .. Pi "Pt
(
!Pi 41!Pi 42
"Pi
13
-
¢ 14 627 628
I
Ui ...-
Ui
~Q55 156
I
EP11
=11
Ui ~
1..11 ..-
1..111
!Pi 39!Pi 40-QS3 154
l~ ±~ 6~ XP1 " P1. .. Pt .. Pt "pt
039 040 053
EP.SS,
"-i
I
r-
9
I
23
) 54
Ui
~152
1..11
!Pi 6 !Pi 22
~~ ±~ 6~ x~ r Pi " Pt r Pi .. Pi
24
P1
Pi "Pt 9 010
=11 - =11
!Pi 37!Pi 36!PQ51
I
10
EP14.
I
l.J1
..-
i~ ~~ ~~
\:0,
~~ ±~ 6~ XP1 JP1.Jptlpi P1.
6 41 642 655 656
H20
EP12.
Pi" Pi 23 624
I
Ui
..-
~Q36 150
~~ ±~ 6~
XP1 ., P1. "Pt "Pt "Pi 68 622 636 650
637 038 651 652
EP.S8.
-
-
-
-
0 ~
!cO
--
~
--
- .....
--
t.n
L/i ..-
Ui ..-
!cO
t.n ..-
..-
--
--
-'-
M15
M15
M15
M15
H15
M15
M15
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
~/
~/
/
ATT40013 ELECTRIC ALE CARRIER CAB GROUND Dessinateur: 6,[ I Date: 27/10/00 "-='CE"::";Pl~AN':';':";EST~lA::";PROPRIETE-==-DE-PPH-.l-t£-PEUT'---ETRE-N-REPROOJT--.-N-C(HUl(l£--SANS-NO-TRE-A-UTOOISA---..lTD4 .......-,-ms-OOA-WKi-IS-1l£-PROPER-TY-OF-~-rr-IS-OO-TBE-useo-OR-REPROOXED---wmwr--M-Al11lmIZA--TDi-t--V-6rifi---c-ate-u-r:-:"R---P.--t-jD-a-te-:-:':'18-:":'03:-:":/2-:"':00---2-; ETUDE:
INDICE: A PAGE:
4
I'--3J 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 6 I 9 I 10
11 l 12
13
.! 16
141 15
16
17
20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31
19
32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A EPt
EPl.
-------I
-
r- ~
o ~I
C)
129;3j
~P1
B
30
(3.17)
~i 43:i'b"
):P1 1:P1 )lP1
Pi "Pt
6 30
29
1Pt 1P1.
0 43 () 44
a
a ...a
-...:t
-...:t" ...0
EP.92.
-
EP.93.
----
-
(
a
-...:t"
@( t
-
a-..:t
0 -...:t" ...0
-.0
-.0
604
~[
{3235}
20A (505)
)
)
)
10A
(9331 (9.35) (14.11)
F12
F18
15A
~~~s ~~
#~
L~ ~~~49x~ \ ~ &.~~ :\~.~.~ ~\f$
~
,,~~
-
)9 604
06 804
3
.,____~___A_T_~_O_~_~_a_B_[!J_m_ r_R_[E____~_________[._A_R~_~_R_~_8_FU __ ~E_S_8_fA_VR_f_~_~_VTJ_WN __________~~-gs-m-~-~-:-B-.[----~IDa-re-:-v-lm-/oo--~PAGE: CE Pl.AN EST LA PROPRIETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT EffiE N REmCOOT, t.a CCJttN!l..E SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATm I TItS DRAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS N3T BE USED 00 REPImXEO WITOOUT OI.R AUTHOOIZAT1(}4. Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03J2002
5
",1 I 2 I 3
4
5
7 1 8
6
19
10
11
13 I 14 I 15
12
16
17
19 I 20
18
1 21 1 22 1 23 1 24 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 1 33 I 34
35! 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A EP4.
rr== ~
-
-...::tl
6
B
P1 P1. 6
-...::t -...::t
1 20
rr==r ~
0 -...::t I
"..:i'
67
EPS.
21
P1 bP1 6P1 P1. Pi Pi 20 07 ) 21
I
EP.122
o-...::tl
-...::t!
--.;t
"':ti
____~____ AT_r._~_W_3_a_B_[T!_R_~_F!_E____~__________ ~_R_~B_R_C_A_B_FU._S_ES_A_F_ffi_R_~_M_Yn_VN__________+_D-ess~m-m-ur-:~B~L----+_D-m-:~2~7/~~/~OO~PAGE: CE PlAN EST LA PROPR£fE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ETRE Nt REPROOllT. ~ C~ SANS NOTRE AUTffilSATOt. I HIS ORAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPK.lT IS NOT BE USED OR REPROOOCED wmroT ~ AUTHORIZAIDI. Vermcateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002
0 6
41 EP.132.
",:'112161
A EXHAUST BRAKE
ASS ACTIVED
7
R2-BR10~ (7.39) ~87
BR 11
~~
1ia3F
R1-SR23~1 (21.27)
BR10C
1----414
12 BR23E 7
870
BRiO(
10
B u.J
~i EXHAUST BRAKE ~
@
FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT
®
(
I
FMR2
I
Z
--I
I
:z
W
::r:
Z
~
)
)
)
)
sS>~
q,#
#'
!9 ~, ~
q,~Q$
F
ARRET MOTEUR I ARRET URGENCE I ETOUFFOIR
ATUOOl3 ELECTRI[ FILE
ENGINE SHUT-DOWN / EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN I [HOKE
~TRE
~'5
~
~~
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 DE PPM. L tE PEUT ETRE tf REPROOJT. N (lJtU.I(lE SANS
) @
AUTOOISATDi I TIiS DRAWING IS ThE PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tm BE USED ~ REPROOOCED WlTtOOT M AUTHORfZATDt
ATT400/3 Th.."SsmateUf: S.C Verificateur: RP.
PORTEUR CARRIER Date: 27/ID/OO Date: 18/0312002
INDICE : D PAGE:
11
41
F32L 10A
A
F14W
BD6
606
7
10
F15W
15A (6.21)
10A
EP.18.
(5.28)
(6.19)
803
003 8
15
-..:t
;:!
EP.132.
iliU17 iliU12 iliU16
(117)
(24.1S) ::: (24.35) co (35.18)
]-(53.14IT63.15J _, (37.37)
40
)B
en
(15.401
P5t PSi
rn
EPa.
0-
rn
o
I
0-
!P
(32.3)
r
P5t PSi
>H
~
EP.121.
m
r
tSV3A BV3A )4 6
-
rn
~
~EP5.
!;p
EP6.
(15.33)
(15.36)
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 FEUX !NDICATEURS DE DIRECTION ATT400/3 PORTEUR EP.S. : CARRIER MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRI[ FILE BLINKERS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 27/fJ/OO ~[E";';"'PlAN;';;:;";';';"ES;;';;;;'T"';"LA"='PROPRETE;";';:;;";";~rr;-PPM.-U--"'-£PEIJf-ETRE-NREPROCUT--,t,1-C-(MtN'1£--S-ANS-OO-TRE-AUT-OOISATm -'TIIS-rm-\ffl(j-IS-nE-PRQPER-rr-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-t«)-TBE-US8)-OO-REPROruEl--Wl-1lroT-orn-AUl'l-mlA--rm-t-V -erifj-·--lca-te-ur-:'"::-R--P.--t-1D-a-te-:"-':18---/03~12:-:-00:-::-2-! ETUDE:
---..I.
INDICE: 0 PAGE:
14
N
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7
8
I 9 I 10
11
I 12
13
I 14
15
16! 17
18
I 19 I 20 I 21
22 t 23
I 24
25
26
27
I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35
36
I 37 I 38 I 39
I 41
40
640
riR
EP.83. I
---I
A
till2
....r 0
N
(60J6l
I
o
~
t16.26) (17.221
~
@I
-..0
31
Pi
(16.19)
45
(17.12>
Pi
}r,-JI ~~~tl
-
y
B
I
I
....rl
1.13803 @)
I
1~IEP.m
---------+--------~--------+-----+'~~-7---1
116.16)
I
-
~-----+--
~~B02
j
M15
)13 ....r ...N
Y'
EP1
10A F~[
(3.19)
28
1;.0
.i PS,
Bl35)
b~ ....r:
EP.97. !oO
N:;EP24..
--
)G
~
M15
PSt ~~51
t33.8)
...................................................... "'''' .................. ........................ ,.. '''
t" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '"' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
(
"4": ....r: .......
~·.l
.
" ....................... . .
N!
'-1':
N!
:
~:
.
:~:~:
' .
~S33 ®i~~~¥~i;1~41
~~2 ~rs ~~43 ~~42 ~~41 : :
D
: :
Lrli
!t);
~~
:
: un:
..- ~
m:
~:EP30
:
.
~" ..... -+""' ............. ..
:;5t:
.
...-;
~:
~:
~
j
:=j
~ ~231 ~ ~232 ~ ~233 ~ ~189
.................
~l
1~3
(@~@~@~®~®~
6~231 6. ~232 ~
: l :
: ! un:
LrI!"'-' ~;
~ ~233 ~
: LrI: ~.
6~189 b. r
i...................................... (14.34)
.
PS.
~~
1 PS.
(1) 69
O(
~ ..-
I PSt
t
~
~S33 ~S33 j
~~Vll
,3P5, yo
@)~
6~ ~~ 6~
~~
j~S1. ~ lP51
p51 )(
~ EP1.
PS.
(9.37)
BV3B 4
~
3
..
: !t)1 :
EP.107.
U11
--:EP3t
............ .
i '" . ~ ..................... "'" .................................. '"' ................ . .
.................................................... (17.25) t17.31l (1736)
() 56 70
..••••••....•.••......••••.•..
EP.1S.
~ ...-
114.33) (17.27) (17.29) (17.33) : (17.36) "
..... '" ... "
.......... ,. ,
I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . "' .................. w ..... w
.t
II .... "' ..... "' .............. ., .................... " ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ,. ................... ,. ....................
.
..,.10
(1425)
1
1 1....-- - - - - - - '
~,--(14_.29_1 ~ __
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: E.P.S. ;
1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
FEUX DE POSITION
ATT400/3
PORTEUR CARRIER
MACH!NE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE PARKING LIGHTS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 27/fJ/OO r-:-CE..;.;.;PlAN;.;;.;....;;;..ES~T-LA"::"PROPRETE':"';;:;;;"';:""-QE-PPK-u--i.-£PEUT-EmE-NIREffiOOlIT--.M-C-tJttN(l£--SAN-SNO-mE-AUT-OOISA---I.Tm - ,TIIS-OOA-WKj-IS-TI£-PRQPER-T-YQF-PPH.-rr-lS-tm-ee-US8)-OO-REPROO.JCE!l--WITHOUT-, -Ol.R-AU-THORIZA-' -1100-.+----V6rifj ....... ,. ·....:.:.lca .......te.......u....... r :....:.:.R;..;;;.P,--+-"iDa"':"'te-:. . :.:.1....... 8'0....... 312.:..:...00-2---4
INDICE: A P GE A
:
15
41
Jl31 t(59.16)
A
F17L
15A (6.25)
~I
SD4 7
--663 bP23
B04 5
P23. 63
#'
:1 ( B186
LIGHTING SWITCH
f~ I
@I ('IS.17)
B 6
BROO
(~~~ R4-BR8 (16.8) 65
BRao 15
I
I
8 SR8D
(O-BRa)
R4~~ (16.4) ~87
1
r----l
670
BRaD
~ ~
9 801
B186
11
1.1""11
"'-1
1
-...:t C'J
...-
I' • • • • 1
I
1.1""11
!
803
'""""I
7
EP.1OO.
EP.1Ot
-.0
M15
-...:t C'J
...-
C
S PSt
f~1
-...:t
~
EP.114.
~~)Q1
I
!
I I
~
I
1
I
M15
M15
)
)
#'
N
T
1 P226
1 P216
P226
...- EP4 .
~f~~
(16.24)
(16.26)
®)$
1(12.16)
~l
S1
P51
T PS1. P51
1M15
L ~---- --- ----
PSt
BV3B
EP.114.
I
5t
N
7
I
I(12.16) I
I I I I
E
(15.39)
M15
EP57.
~
o
~ EP.12.
(1530)
1 I
o
PSt
6~51 I
BV3B
8
1 P221
@$ ""f:~221 ..-
~
@$ @$
EP,107.
2 If''l
EP4 .
If''l
...- EP3 .
(16.33). (16.36)
-----~
- - - ----~
)
I
)
4Y~
#'
~
~'V
.:9
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE:
EP.s. :
1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
AVERTISSEUR SON ORE I FEUX DE CROISEMENT ET DE ROUTE
ATT400/3
PORTEUR CARRIER
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE HORN / LOW BEAMS / HIGH BEAMS Dessinateur: BL Date: 27/10/00 rCE~PlAN:':;:':'::'EST'::::"":"'LA"':;'PRCPR£TE;:":':::":;::"--DE-PPH.-LtE---'-PEUT-ETRE-N-REPROCOT--,N-C-CMUIlE--SANS-I«)TRE-Al1T-OOISA----lmt"'---I-11tS-ORA-WNi-IS-TI-£-~-TY-OF-PPM.-IT-IS-I«)-T-SE-USEO-OO-REPRCru:ED--wmwr--M-'-~--Tm-+..:.;..Verifi-·-=-lc:.......at...;..eu..:.;..r:~RP~.--;-";;"D:"""'ate;"';':-:;18~/O~3/7:200":":'2--l
IN DICE : A PAGE:
16
I 2
~
3
I 4 I 5
6
I 7
8
I 9
10
11
I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16
17
18
I 19
20
I 21
221 23
I 24
25
r-------, 63
~B167
LIGHTING SWITCH
A
® (15.17)
I
!rq-~--t-i-o1-1--i\-~---1\---I ---I---\--_-_\-+--~ 1\--1-\-2-10 I ~ I\ I ~ -II "1_ "1 _ I I
1
I
I\ _L
I
I
\
I!
~I
.1 27 .1 281 29 I 30 I 31 I 32
26
I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39
33
15A (6.23)
1'804
SD4
613
Ln N N
14
EP.26.
_ _,
B
P8
1
@ [E]
I
~--------+--~-----------~--------~----------+-_----+_----I \:,. 6186
)2
~,:: ~
B
~,::) ~
R3-BR8\ {17.28) ,87 870
()1
Y'IFBAR
9 13
~ b BR8C
-
~~
R2-BR8 (17.2S) 85
~rc
Lrd
D
"'-1
,EP.m. ,(12.16)
1 M15
I(34.16l ;,pI
1 M15
~
O.8bor
1'P8
6c
870
BR8D 3 rr;
o
\V
~t4
EP.&
,87
~
N
!FBAR 09
c
Y 4 ~BR8D RS-BR8~ (17.39)
STOP LIGHTS
l' BR8C 615
~~~1J X r t 07
~8C
REVERSE liGHTS
~~AR ~~AR ±~ X~ 11FSAR FBAR
I 41
F16W
F16W
15A (6.23)
t::~
40
'17 th8~100
~:~I'~ ,87
870 . . BR100 (1
~
RS-8R1O (17.17) 85
)'BR1OO
62
-...:t:
1iir~:······~1 _.... . :
.... '
......
I
OOZ1
@)QJ ?BUZI
I;Dt·m. (9.14)
EP.115. It18J5)
I I I
1
~~
",:
955
~:
(
9 42 ,6 PS.
'Iss J P5. )'ps
i.'j;:
..:
r··························~liEP26..
.. ~
0-:
0-.:
..
... '" ... '" '"
................. .
0-:
0-.:
~
i~3
;
.
~l
i~2 i~3
C®QJ ®$®$ ~~3 ~~ ~~
i
;,p:
EPlt.
(15.21>
Lnl
LnJ
...-'EP30....-tEP3t (15.121
(15.21>
) ~
E
~_ _..L.-_ __ _ *_0_'01_3_EL_b_[Jj_RIi_r_FA_[E_ _....l-_ _ _~_E_~R_F(J_G_L_IGH_T._S_I_RE_VJ_'ER_~_E_LA_riH_TS_/_Sr._VP_LlG._t1_TS_ _ _+-=De-:-:ss-::-in_ate_uf_:-::S--=-.c. _ _f-:::-I Da_te_:-::27::-::/10:=-:/00::::":":"-1 CE PlAN EST LA flRrnl!£fE DE PPI\ l t£ PEUT ETRE N REPROCOT. MC~ SANS OOTRE AUTOOlSAmi I TItS OOAwtIG IS T}£ PROPERTY OF PPH.1T IS MlT BE USED em REPROOX:ED Wl1mUT M AUTtmlZATIOO. Verificateur: RP. ! Date: 18/03/2002
INDICE: A PAGE: 17
41
F15W
15A (6.211
tWt~ f40 t~4
A
(S4.5)
01
(54.6)
01 RI
0\
~I
(54.12)
~J
I· • • • • I 803 12
(54.13)
EP.47.
-...:t"
-..:-
P21 51
z
P21 49
P21 21
C)
\0
~
8g
-.0
'"
EP.127.
'-0 0
~ aJ
(27.7)
'-0 I.f"\
....0
~
I.f"\
4
R21F
R1-BR21 (16.9)
A1
6"
'-0
~
';f.?
EP.126.
~ ~
42
~ u..
3
EE
'-0
~~
R21E
V1
......
~ CS g
l!j
-..0
B
1
(18.35)
M15
~J
~50P23 ~51P23 ~21P23 ~49P23 P23. 50
EP.115.
I
(10.4)
co EPl3.
~I
"'" "\
1../""l1
13
7
BR21F
R1-BR21
(18.9J
~1RS-BR9 ~
1-:----1 14
12 8R21E 7
BR21E 1
a::
55 C".I EP.31.
EP32.
8R90
~
4 BR90
,87
ffi
(18.39) 85 8R9O 2
g -...:t"
EP.33. 0 -0 0
C
C>
l.!:)
~
I.f"\
~
E5 --'
~
'-0
V)
~
'"
13
5
N
'-0
If"\
'" R2-BR21~1 (18.13)
a::
@)~
42
35 P23.
~
o
Ul
G:::
62
EP.136. £P.60. (18.38)
P55.
~
U11
54.20)
I EP45...
EP.106.
!;p
~P23 34
E7
I I
2
1 M15
{11.251
I EP2L P23.
..,...
{18.301
(7.39) (9.3)
34
t..n
~
~
(18.15) (19.8)
(3.39) 19.71
{1O.191 (10.311
68
~P55 68
EP.115.
~I -...:t"
551 ex:::>
BV2B 6
~~3 N
N
EP.6t
P55.
f~
EP.60.
LJ"'l
(O-BR9)"-
P5S.
-..0
BV2B
0"\
1:---:144 ." R21G a:: 7 US
fP55 67
0"\
BR21G
54
67 P5S.
-.0
~ l!)
870 z w
('II
N
(Y')
('II
Ln -.0
BR9D BR90 1 3
N
u.. u..
~B~A (18.35)
~I Ln
(17.22} (18.38) (27221 (30.15)
I EP28m
(18.24) (26.281
U8
154.17)
C".I
M15
M15
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~~~~~: 1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
BLOCAGE-DEBLOCAGE SUSPENSIONS
ATT400 /3
~~u:
rM~A~[H~IN~E_:~24~~~10~-_-_>__~_____A_Tr._4_00_~_B_lB_[_m_~_A_l_E____~__________5_V._5R_S_NS_~_ws__ La_fKl_~_u._~_H_£_AS_~_G__________4-D_e_ssm_a_re_~_:_B£~___rD-a-te-:~V-/ID~/OO~~ (E PLAN EST LA PROPRIETE rx: PPM. L t£ PEUT ETl£ N REPR' #~
~#
/~
~
#
~
~~¥-'
'?
~{t
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S. : MACHINE : 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
NIVEAU AUTOMATIOUE SUSPENSIONS
ATT 400/3
PORTEUR CARRIER
ATT40013 ELE[TRIC ALE SUSPENSIONS AUTOI1A TIC LEVEL Dessinateur: S.c. Date: 27/10/00 I-(E:":':;PlAN..!.::::.:..!:~ES=-TLA':'-'::';PR!PRIET':"':::":'=-E-OE-PPM.-L-~--L.PEUT-ETRE-N-REPROO(JT--.-N-(()MWJE--SA-NS-NO-TRE-A-UT-MJS-A.....I.TDi-,-rns-[)RA-WlNG-IS-1'}£-PROPER--TY-OF-PPH,-rr-tS-NO-T-BE-USED--OO-REPROru:ED---wrr-HOOT--orn-AUTHORIZA------Tl()i---+-=-V:-:-'erifi-:":'=-lca-te-u-r:-=R=-=P-,--t-:::7.::":00:':'2-; D-ate-;-18::-':::03:'12
INDICE: 0 PAGE
:
19
",,1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 171 18 I 19 I 20 I 211 221 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29
30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37
38
39 I 40 I 41
A
!'-
0 '-0
I
rr'I
I
('.,I ('.,I
PILOTED SOLENOToES VAL YES
EP.161.
E185 E234 E184 E233 E236
(19.34)
"'4'
AUTOMATIC LEVEL
""-4"
co
B AUTOMATIC LEVEL
~
SUSPENSION DOWN
~~~ (19.8) 17__f34
32
10136
~136
I--
~ m ..-
(
SUSPENSION DOWN
13
SUSPENSION DOWN
4F
~4~ (19.171 t:--:-i 14
12
j~~ 21260
"'" EP.16S.
-
9 48 *. P5S.
117P55.
(19.23)
?P55 17
?~5
01 -.0
~I
m
Ril
~I
EP3L
EP50~.
I
I
...-
E185
(19,29)
1 I 2
-
t---
E233 N
"'"
1
2
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ATT 400/3
ETUDE: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 AFFALEMENT SUSPENSIONS PORTEUR E.P.S. : CARRIER MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE SUSPENSIONS DOWN Dessinateuf; S.c I Date: 26/02101 ~(E:";';"P!.AN';";;;';";;';E";';;;;ST:""';"LA-';:;:PR
II
tn~
:...-:
::
:EP18:
~I f
1
J
I
J
1
........ :
I I :z:l
: :
t.n:
:...-:
~I
=~
~
]
i:::::>1
f
~I
rol
I
I
I
I ~I
1!;P ! I
~I ~I
~i
aSl
i
I
I
I
4 PMM
M15
z
152531 S2~ ~253.
1
:z:1 31
(21.31)
(21.351
II II >=,~~
. . . . . . ". . . .l ................
........
IIi J I f
01
: tn!
•
~:8S~~ABS
~ 1 j l :: : : : : ::
I~:
1
('1"1:
:
?12
I
(21,27)
I
l[¢l~
~I
I
±~ ~~ t~ t~ ±~ E
PPM TEREX eR 107366
ATT400/3
ETUDE: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 ASS PORTEUR E.P.S. : CARRIER MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRI[ FILE A.E15. Dessinateor: B.C Date: 01112100 j-!CE..::..Pl.AN:.=.:..:.:.:.E:.:.ST..:..LA.:::.:PROPRETE~~DE-PPI1.-LtE--1.. - ETRE - ti REPROOJT-------,NI-C-CMtHl.E--SANS--t«)TRE--AUT-OOISA---'TDi-'-THS-DRA-WHl-IS-TI£----PRQPER---::"'TY-OF ............ PPt1..-rr......IS-OO--r--B£--USED~OR--REPRO!XI.ED~~Wl'1lOJT~--om~AU~nIDRlZA~--mt~:7V6rifj7:.:1ca .7;.;.;.;.t.;..;.;eu:....:.r:-:R.~P.---t-:::-Da;.,.....te;.,.....:--=18:7./0:::-:3/:::::200=2-; PEUT
INDICE: A PAGE:
21
"J I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18
~ml
A
(5.4.37)
~l
"'~r23
~) 39 P23.
e--
EP.157.
~UW (54.38)
(12J8)
...."..
.......,.
0'.
co
08 02 (PAV. ~ (PAV.
38
FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH
~T~-=1·3J i i -I i~CPAV.
(PAV. tCPAV.
(7
B
1
9
EP.43.
rn
..-
0'\
N
EP.155.
N 0'\ N
036
(PAV.
)3
LJ"'\
a::: N
I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
~-f(5'.22) ~i N 636 J,P23 ., P23.
010 ~ CPAV.
1
P23
32 I 33 I 34
~U14
(23.18)
.......,.
~
N
P23. 38
EP.20.
I
~ ..-
1
I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31
EP.65.
(2IB)
~I
N
19 I 20 I 21
(23.1Qt
(23.12)
0'.
0:;:
N
EP.98.
N
e--
EP.40.
(T1
0'. N
tID.9) ~
EP.42.
EP.102.
C
(3435)
11 P15. P15 11
c;:::
6
N
I
Q37
(1) 23
9
IP55 ,37
¢23
f~
,i P5S.
-
P5S. 'T'P55
]>25PiS.
6,25
P15
P5S.
'4J1
fiSl
EP2L
EP19...
o
.....-
E5
1
E31
1
N
2
-
N
2
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE:
EP.S. :
1371
MACHINE: 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3
CRABOTAGE-DECRABOTAGE PONT AVANT
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FIE
FRONT AXLE LO[KING-RELAESING
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: 8.(
PORTEUR
CARRIER
I Date:
27/fJ/OO
rCE":':"';Pl=AN':';';"'ES='T~LA':';;";PfUlR£TE;"';';;;;";';-OE-PPH.-L-t£-PEUT"--E1l£-tl-REPROCUf--.-N-(Cftl.m£--SA-NS-I()-TRE-AUT-OOISA----Jmt'---I-THS-DRA-WHi-1S-TI£-PROPER-rr-CX=-PPH.-rr-IS-m-rBE-USED-OO-REPRt:Xl(EI)---WffillUT--~-A-UTHORfZA--Tm-+-V--:Crifi~lc-ate-'u-r:-:'R-::-'P.--t-1D.....-a-te-:-:'":'18~/03::-:::I2~OO-:-2-;
INDICE: A PAGE
:
22
F10W
F15W
1SA (6.21)
10A (15.33)
'foo2
A
1'B03 611
614
EP.1S7. j
co
EP.19.
~ co
(24.33)
(17,9)
EP.156,
(22.m
(32191 (33.14)
(14,19) (18.10) 119.8) (21.34) -....:t (24,14) N (24.24) (275)
-
-....:t .....:t
-....:t
N
(3(1U
(24.211
EP.20.
(]8,19)
~!
6'8
-....:t
,hP23
(27.29) 137.16)
B
~~141 P23. 48
INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH
EP.39.
EP.37.
c !..f"I or-
'110
-
EP.155.
EP,41
(22.171
(22.321
j10P55.
0N
24 P5S.
fP55 24
EP.154.
o
I
(34.16)
-.0: -.0: t.n,: EP22..
~P55 10
I
¢ S18
6
(s@)~
...--
E2 N
(24.37)
~I
EP.96.
EP16 ...
/T'l
~I
, EP2t
w
~I
EP18...
-
6~
""
rn ~
,j P5,
...0
1
2
-0
~I :-51 __~_____A_T_U_OO_~_B_L_E[_Tl_RK __ F!_E____~_______ FR_Q_WT_A_M_V_R._fA_R_~_!J_fR_-_W~_~_R_S_~_~_FE_R_fN_n_~L_s______-r~ __s_m_&e_~_:_B_.C.____+I_D_~_:_2_n_m/_oo~PAGE: 23 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
DIFFERENTIELS INTER-ROUES AVANT ET ARRIERE
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.ll£ PEUT ErnE N REPROOUT. N C~ SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATm I TItS 00AWN11S 11£ PROPERTY Of ?PH. IT IS wr BE USED 00 REPOOIlJCED WllliOUT M AlJTHOO1ZATlOl
Verificateur: RP.
I Date:
16/03/2002
41 EP.25.
-..:t~1239)
~~22F REAR STEERlNG LOCK!NG R1-BR22~1
SPEED > 15 KMIH ""
REAR STEERING RELEASING
-..:ti 3.18) -..:t
R2-BR22 (24.40)
i 87
12
BR22E
BR22E
1
7
REAR STEERING R8.EASN;""
R3-BR1O \ (12.26)
(24.16)
t:---i14
~
b
$2 ~
~2G
REAR S'fEERt«j RElEASiNG
\1
i 14
870
R2-BR22 (24.40)
12
REAR STEERING R8.EASNG
~
,24
(1239)
;;!;i :1m:
R1-BR22~ (24.16) t:---i24
22 OO22F 3
00226 9
BR100 10
EP.25.
,,;,123.18)
t2
-..:t
A
EP.19.
EP.19.
I' • · · · 1 I 1 I Lnl
22
22F 1
"'-1
EP.96.
1 I
o
..- EP.27.
EP.102.
(23171
(34.3Sl
M15
o
N
B
~U29
~U28
~, (55.11),
~I
n
36
PS5.
P55.
~~5 ~~5
8
PSS.
~~
t.(55.12)
~1 652 ~P23
P23.
P21
53
52
~
I I I
EP24_
EP23_
10
CDEYAR
(OEVAR
~~.
ttl
7
1
0:::
col ..-
-.0
P55 P55.
...-
(i' P23
~P23
P23. 040
P21 054
1
870
SR9C
) 11
GO
....-
~
) 40
OUTRIGGERS CONTROL
12
~
~
~
OC)
r-
~
EP.68.
2018
EP.11B.
EP.101
(2S.21) (25.25)
(11.35)
ro .......
S2
1 ...-
S2
I EP38...
1EP370w
j70P55. ?P55 70 II EP39...
(19.21)
D
..-
E206
1 I
-
..-
..-
2
N
E200
1
E201
N
2
1
('.,l
2
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ATT400/3
ETUDE: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 SELECTION RENTREE I SORTIE POUTRES au PATINS PORTEUR E.PS : CARRIER MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE OUTRIGGERS BEAMS OR PADS RETRACTION / EXTENSION SELECTION Dessinateur: B.C Date: 27/fJ/OO t-'CE"';;"PL;;';;:;AN"';;"E-'=STc,...;.lA~PROPRET"';"'=';';;"E-OE-PPM.-l-t£-PEUT"'---ETRE--tfREPROOUT--.-NI(-lltf.NIX.E--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOIS-",.,...1.mt-'THS-OOA-WN]-IS-TI£-PROPER--YY-OF-PPM.-rr-IS-t-l}-TBE-USED-OO-REPRO!lJCEl)---wrnlOUT--om-.AUTliJRIZA--TlIlt-.....V-erifi-·-lca-re-u--r:......RP .......- - - t -D- at-e -:-18'-03--/200---2- I
INDICE: B PAGE:
31
41
F2W
15A t6.71
802 7
801 7
A
c;
Kl fT'i
rn
o
EP.7,
orn
fT'i
S193
r~
lflJ
B
5193 5193
5198
9 842. B42 9
5199
i~ [~1 ~~J
5198 5198
1
2
8153 8153
@D~
~ B154 8154
~J
5199
EP.149.
S199
1
EP.157.
~ ('.J
Ln
EP.134.
(23.13)
m
EP..3
8188
7
2
EP..6 ' - - - - - + - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - _ .
EP.148.
o
N N
EP.84.
c
N
EP.117.
c::>
N N
8
B42 842. 5190
EP.12t
o
(14.4)
@~
6
8
5
8195 8195
11 642 842.
11
5206 S206
Ln
m
EP.17S.
S183 5183
~
EP.147.
~ (S~2)
@ID
M15
S190 (36.22)
8195 1 Ln
...- EP.10S. 5196
;0 {33.3S1
~ @
~ C®
~4J'
EP.154.
TURRET SELECTION U'"'l
22
fBR20G
015
(17.14)
-
i24
(23.10)
..- 83.21>
08.24)
-'-
EP.102.
-'-
( 15 ( 12
M15 (22.20) (24.6) 125.8)
1:-' BR2OJ:-. BR20F
C
R2-BR20 A1 I
81
(19.39) c'A2 ~B2
!P
I 0-
....r--.
(27.38) \l~ 8HZ ~ BR20F (3418) 06 09 (37.18)
-
l'2P55.
1 9 P195
6
EP.113.
o
M15
1{24.15)
Lnl
(5177)
ItI l' P195
6P55 12
~
~"\
r--.
EP25...
I
yP55 y26
\/
0-.1 I
j)26P5S.
~ ....r--...
~
!PI EP26.~
~.
02
"'-1
I
N
~
-
M15
) )
/ / ;~,
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: E.P.S. :
1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
SELECTION PORTEUR-TOURELLE 1 DIRECTION ET AIR TOURELLE
ATT 400/3
PORTEUR
CARRIER
A_T_T4_0_'OI_'3_EL_B_Cli_"RA_r_FIL_E_ _....1-_ _CA_Frl_'Rh_'ER_-_TIj_rtrR_f_T_Sb_L_EC_T/J_VN_I_TU_'RRE_T_S_TE_Ef?J_~N_ri__A_ND_A_IR_Sl};_rpA_~_y_+-Des::..;;.:.:s.::::inat.:.:.:e:...:.:.::ur;. ,:. .:. .:;.:B.:.: . ,L_ _+-ID::..:a.:..;;.;;te..:...,:..::.;30:..:...,;/10,;:;;.../00::":"--1 om AUTHORlZAIDt Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
r-:M..;;..A:.;;:;CH..:,;:..IN:.=,.E....:-:..::;..24;,.;.;;12::,.;.;10:.--_-> _ _-'--_ _
CE PlAN EST LA PROPR£fE DE PPH.l t£ F£UT E'lR: N REPRCWT, N [1JtUIl£ SANS t«>TRE AUTOOlSATm I ntS OOAWHi IS Tl£ PROPERTY OF PPfotIT IS MlT BE USED 00 REPROru:ED wnmJT
INDICE: 0 PAGE:
34
".1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 ! 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17
A
~~~
1
~) P23. 11
..
···
62 P23
P23
]
870
B320
EPSt.
VJI
~40 P55
)
13
4
B320
250 3
I z: 3: a
40
'
l.S""I
~~228
VJI
~~~ GS.2S1 TURRET PARKING BRAKE
Ft"J1
10
250
87
42 ,
--------_.
T7W-------...;.a1
t~BDl
~ _.J ~i
.
.--- ____ 1
I
I
EP.54
EP.55
PPM TEREX CR 107366
-::1!
~----ll •
I
I
~:I J· ~i: ~!·
~l ~! ~i ~!
1
1
~J ~J r6a t.~.
f~f~J~J~o
~i ~i ~L._:~ .. ----"'-------
!cO I
I
1
!:;C!
,,~
E
~I
~j ~J ~6a t. ~60
j~rf~f~f~60 ~I
..- I
t.n'
~I
'~-j]
i , I
--**----'
I I
-....:t
(1)4
t.n ..-
i i
,
..J
041 042 055
•
'"'4'
'-0
20A 30 643 ~ P1231-. P1231-. P123,h P123
W 92 ~ ~BD3.
I
YP23 'f P23 I P23 I 56P23 9'1 942 955 9
+~9
029
-....:t
t ..•
928
9 41 Q42 Q55 956 J P21 i. P23. i. P21 i. P23.
t~ '"'4'+---,---,---,
-
Q13 14 Q27 Q28 i. P23. P23. J P21 J P23. IP23 IP231 P23 IP23 '(13 9 14 9 27
I ,
i
-
37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
!:;C! ,
I
I
I
1 M10
1 M10
)
)
,,/
ATT400/3
ETUDE: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FUSIBLES AVANT CONTACT I MASSE CABINE I MASSE TOURELLE TOURELLE E.P.S, ; TURRET MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC RLE FUSES BEFORE IGNITION / CAB GROUND I TURRET GROUND Dessinateur: S.C I Date: 19/09/00 ~CE";';":Pt;";;;'AN';';;';ES;';;;;;"T-LA="';~~-!E-mt-l-t£-PEUT'"--ETRE-N-RmmJT-· -.-It-CMI.N:lE--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOISA----'Tm-'THS-OOA-WMj-IS-TI£-f'R(llERTY--OF-PPI1.-rr-rs-NJT-BE-USED-Ql-REPROI:UED---WlT-HOO-T-cm-AUTI-mlA--ym-+.;;;..Vc.;.;....rifi..;.;....lc-areu......:r;....;..;;..;R.;;,;,.P.--II-D;....a..;.;....te-:"'; ;';18/""";03""";/200";';""2---1
INDICE: A p
AGE:
50
"'-1 I 2 I 3 I 4
5
6
8 I 9 I 10 1 11
7
12
14 I 15 , 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20
13
J 21 I 22
.1
23 I 24 I 25 .1 261 27 I 28 I 29 ! 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 f 37 I 38
1 39 1 40
41
F4W
40A
(6.11)
A
1----------11
b~~2
6~2
-...:t
-...:t -...:t -...:t
~
-...;t
EP.8.
EP.9.
r~
~
~
-...:-
-..;t
-..:t -.:t -.:t
B
-...:t
-.:t
-...:t -...:t
;)3 P23.
)17 918
:;>4
t P21 1P23. J P21
\~P231p23 )P23 JP23 (3
J4
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE TURRET CAB FUSES AFTER IGNITION Dessmateur: B.C I Date: 24/11/00 ~CE~Pl::"=AN":::"E=-ST"':'-LA=-PROPRETE:":':"':':~OE-PPK.-l-N::-PEUT.l--ETf£-If-RE-P!ml-T.-N-C~--SANS-t«)-TRE-A-UTOOlSA-TI.-OI.-I-TlIS-OOA-WNi-IS-Ti£-PROPER-TY-~-mt-rr-IS-I(l-TBE-use-om---REPROIX(8)-------:-wmwT----OlR-AIJTlimA~~Tm~"':':V:-:-erifi:-::"·lc-at-eur-:-=R:7 I Da-te-;-;:18~/03::-:/200:::7:'""2....., P.--1-:::-'
INDICE: 0 PAGE
51 :
1··----·· 113W --,
U36
~~1t4)
EP.51
A
N
~65
~f~
-
:
~IGtm
g
t
I
10A
51171:
EP 80 . (54TRE AUTIJ!ISATDl.l THS DRAWHl IS Tt£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS t«lT BE USED CR REPRIDXE) WlTIiJUT 000 AUTHORIZAmt
Verificateur:
R.P.
I Date:
18/03/2002
PAGE:
52
".1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 1 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32
G~rn
TSrn
6A
(52.13)
A
33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
~~
~fr N,
-
I
EP.50
1~
(S~56)
'I'
I B
f~94 fr4 f94 .
· •
-
,
•
I
I· I I. ,
I
,
•
,
~I.
I ,
I t
• ,
I
•
•
I
•
•
P60 32
I
I59
1
~Pfl3 'fP123 659
t~l tWm. P123 t P123 )25
037
I
f~ f~ f~ f~ f~ f~ t
t
t
t
t
tab.
l' P123 ¢22
t:
l
t
I
*
•
I:
I
l
f:
I-
t
.t
t t l
•
J I ...-',
i
I ~i
, I
I
I
~
~I ~I ~I ~I -.c--.
~ ..
iii i ~
t
•
l
1
t
•
•
I
t •
I
I I I I I
-----------,/6131)
~I
"'--1
I:
~
I:
I
t~23 t~23. t~23. ~. ~fl3. •
0'\
•
~
t
l' P123 ~ ~ P123 'T P123 667
069
066
P123 64
I
N t..n
U16
U17
U12
~ ~12J2) ~ ~1229) ~ ~12.31)
-
®
I I
~I
I I I i~60 6 I I I
I
I
I I I I I I
· I
•
~t
I· ·
,•
I
o
,
~I· ~I ~I.
C
I
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
THROTTLE PEDAL
1
U39
~W
(8.32)
U33
~~
(8.33)
U37
~~
(8.30)
U35
U15
~~.
un
~ ~27.2) ~ ~27.3)
(8.29)
H5
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~~~~E:: 1371
DOSSIER ElECTRIQUE ATT400/3
AlERTE GENERAlE I FllTRE HYD. I VITESSES I ACCElERATEUR
ATT400 /3
~1fE
.; ; . ;24...... 12;.;.;.10_-_->_ _'---__A_T_T4_oa_v3_E_IB_r_TflJ_VC_A_lL_ E _--'-_61_fJ_N5_RA_L_W._}1_RM_~M_y;_/_H_Ya_~A_UL_f[_a_~L_F,_IL_TE_R_/_GE_A_RS_I_THIt_'O_T_TL_E_-t-De_ss_in_ate_ur_:_B_.C. _ _+-ID_a_tc_:_24_/11_'00_-1
f--'oM...;.;...;A..;;;;..CH....... IN...... E _:
IT PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ErnE N REfm:m. N C!MWIll; SANS OOTRE AUTOOlSATm I TtIS ~WHj IS Tlf PROPERTY OF Ff'H. IT IS t-llT 8E USED 00 REPROiU:ED
wmwr om AUTHORIZAIDt
Verificateur: RP.
I Date:
18/03/2002
INDICE: D PAGE:
53
'" I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10
11
I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16
17 I 18 I 19 U8
EP.68
N N
A
r-
057
~P123
I~~
~~18.28)
! 20 I U11
~
~35 ~P123
I P121
-
~,, 35
P123.
EP.69
T2m
~ ~18.22} (5t~ ~
OS7 -...:t -...:t 0-.
21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28
o
I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
12m
6A (S1.7)
~r
JBDt fl ~
'
'EP16
EP.69
-0
'"
't545J
(5437)
B
-
(
--
M10
o P123
)50
U18
~~23.29)
U21
U20
~~22.81 !-...~22.10)
) E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
.-.::~~~U::;.;::..~.:...~~:. . .13:. . :.;. .7. :-1----It--_D_OS_SI_ER_E_LE_CT_R_IOU_E_A_TT_40_0/_3_+-__SU_s_pE_NS_IO_NS_'_P_ON_T_A_VA_NT_'D_IF_FER_E_N_TIE_L_S_INT_ER_-_RO_uE_S_----t-_A_T_T_4_0_0:..-/_3_-,..----:~;;...;;..OUR=ELLE~_t_I-N-D-IC_E_:_D_--l A_Tl_:"40_'f1_V3_B_lb_C_TR_YC_f1_lLE_ _---'-_ _ J-..:.M.:.:...:A~(H.::.:..:IN=-E..:.-:::...:24...:.:12;.;.::,10_-_->_ _ SU_'SA_f1_NS_1Q_WS_I_f1_t{!_ON_T_A_XL_E_I_IN_TB_"R_-M_11B_E_LS_o._Vn_FEi_"RE_N_Tl_7A_L_-+..;;;;..De8.:..-s_in_ate_ur_:...:;;..B.~[_ _t-ID_a_te_:. ; . ,.24__ /11..-/00_-1 PAGE: 54 CE PlAN EST LA PR€fRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ETRE tI REPRmJT. N a:HI.HlE SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATl'H. I ms OOAWHl5 TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tilT BE USED mREPROIlX.ED WITHIlJT M AUTHOR!ZATlCH. Veri.ficateur: RP. 1 Date: 18/03/2002 I....-_ _
I
"-1
2 , 3
I
4
I
5
I
6
I
7
I
8
I
9
10
I
11
12 t 13
I
14
I
15
I
16
I
17
I
18
I
19
I
20
I
21
I
22
1 23 1 24 I
25
I
26
I
27
I
I
28
I
29 .1 30
31 I 32
I
33
I
34 , 35 I 36
1 37 I
38 I 39 I 40
I
41
U27
~~24.22) $2
A
960
~P123
lp121 660 I
EP.7
.- - ..
---~---.---.--tI
.---tI
I
I--~-~T--]
;21
B
, I
!~ hf£AR
-
r:t@f~-=1-=0l
REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH
crJ I~ l:J
L+.-:fa:EARfiCDEAR\r' (7 1 (3
-
(
hvsm (B~$. vsm
r
\0, I
t..n
I
,,
"C"'"",EP.84I•
1154191
-
~
~I
I
1
I
~i
~~k l't.~~. l'
o
P123
053
U29
~
:
1
",,: ~i
Cl(i
{:
~20 .I. P121
6 P123.
1 P123 06
.
U28
I
1M5
REAR STEERING SWITCH
6
$2:
----;,
~I
! "': ? P123 020
P123
052
4
:j«:>1
J' ! --
~ ~24.10) ').. ~24.11)
-
3
~i' EP.43
1
I
7
:
I
®f--=1-1
•
:1
,
i~AR ll~ ~~~
I :
EP.91
EP.7l
t.81
~t' $2~! il 26 P123.
l' P123 ¢26
12 P123. P123 )12
C)
tR
U38
'"
~~
co
~ U47 ')....L (25.25) (31.25)
U6
')...1.
t2519}
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~~~~~:
1371
MACHINE: 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
DIRECTION ARRIERE
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
REAR STEERING
ATT400/ 3 Dessinateur: B.C.
~u:Ji:E I Date:
24111/00
....,:CE...:.:..;Pt.AN:.::.:..:.:.:..ES:.::;;.T..:..-LA.:::..;;PRalRETE~-OE-PPK-l-N:-PE1-UT-ET-~-rt-REPRIDJT--.-N-CattHl.E--SANS-OO-TRE-AUT-OOfl-lATm-,-ms-QRA-WNj-IS-TI£-PRQPER-rr-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-NOT-BE-USED-OO-REPROO..(8)--· -WlT-HOU-Y-orn-AUT!i:lRlZA--mt-.+---Ve-rifj---lc-at-eu-r:---R---p.--It--D-a-te-:---18/-:":03-:":/200~2
INDICE: A PAGE
:
55
N
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 1 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 ! 12
13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 , 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
_.-------~---~--~
EP.23
-.0
...... EP.80
A t'-'
fY'l.
EP,6
B
...-,
Ln'
~
8 rn CP_AVG
~
ls1(~AVG
2
CPA~6
~ ~8
~5
12
"m 1CP~VD ~ CPAytl 1~AVD
:1
:
~:
~I~~-~I~ '1'1 ~I~~-~I~ ~ ~ fCPAVGfPAVG' CPAVGJCPAVG 7 1 i'63 4 6CPAVG
LL
~
tb
c
......I
I
-.:-,
~
I
~~
: :
II
f
EP.6~,~, "
:
u..
~
t'J N,
I
I'
I
EP.64
'3
00,
- -
fBVSOA
C~ARG
12
98
5
~.!.. CP_ARO XCP~
~ARO
~ ~
68
6
a:
2
5
cw_
0:
(PP 7
1CPP 03CPP
CPP 4 6(PP
!I~~-~I~ ~I~~-~I~ :I~~-~I~ ~ ~ f f 1" f f fCPARGfPARGl' CPARGfPARG 7 1 03 4 6CPARG
~
fTl I
4
0'\,
~
5
~ ~ CP~RG .!.. (P~RG
I
~?
I '
62
18
fCPAVDrCPAVD)tPAVDrCPAVOr CPAVD :( BVSOA ;: L5 7 1 03 4 6 friVCi\\~
r'I""I,
~---.,
I
EP.65
I
I
'07 T'CPAROrCPARD' i'CPAROfPARO (pARD 1 63 .< 6
~
f
~:
I
I
~
-..:t,
I
EP.66 ,
----.,
r I
"
~
US
Ln Ln,
a::l.
EP.67,~,
----i
I
,
__
__
__
r~~
,
o
:EP,65 I
is
:~§~:tf)
{S429) 56'13) :~~:~) ~ (626) (5735) !(56.35)
(55341
P123. Ps123
I
1 9
~~~:~~ 1'(56'39)~,
~~~:~)l ~~~5§~
, U1
,
~30.37)
:
EP.83 •
-
I- - -
~1{56.4)
1 M5
M5) E
-;...4' (:.:85
/
~~~~~: 1371
EP.30
r?
19 P123. P123 19
~
t'J1
.,
rY
:~~:~) :
U2
1
t130.28}
M5
J'
EP.83 33 P121 P123 33
rnl
.,
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT40013
4fJ
r?
lPl 56.41
U3
1
t130.39l
M5
47 P123. P123 47
...:-1
.,
,-
/'
~~
EP,83
--
) ) )
~ b ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE OUTRIGGERS BEAMS AND PADS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 24111/00 J-!CE':':":PLAN~ES:::"T"':"'LA'::':':PRCPRlETE~-Il:'-:"'-PPH..-L-t£-PEUf1--trnE-I'f-REPROOJT--,-N-ct:MUW:--SANS-N)-lRE-AUT-00ISA----ITDi'---I-1lIS-0RA-WNi-IS-11£-PROPERTY--OF-PPI1.-IT-IS-~T-BE-US8)-CR-REPRtW:EO---wmo.rr--orn-AUllmZA--Tm-+-::-::V-:-:erifi:-=-lc-ate-u-r:-=R-=-.p.--rlD=-a-te-:-=18/-=03:::/200::-:::-2-t
INDICE: A PAGE 56 :
41
Jm
A
l2l E:
EP.82
,6736) ,
.(58.5)
N
8 IEGAV
~
l
2 IEGAV
5 EGAV
-
7
I-
~
~
u...
!;pI
IEGAV 6
~
I
!
(56.19)
U31
~16.4)
)
-"-
~
M5
M5
)
#
PPM TEREX
I.
•EP.30
~
,
I
\:0.
t.r1 ..-
-...:t
~
I
15
63 P123. %P123 )63
I--
I
15 6135.
N
to,
S261 )
co
I--
41
\-rn-I
@
r.37
J
~B104
S261
6
(
40
I.
N N
@\-a ,
I 34 I 35 I 36 1 37 J 38 1 39 J
,
N
~SBO
I--
33
~I.
B135.
)13
cal
I
I
~BB135
~I
B
32
fr
,
I{SHI
I
,
N,
EP.15
31
20A DW
15A (52.9)
(52.9)
1 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 I 29 I 30 I
$
~
) ~4j-
~
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
KLAXON / ALLUME-C1GARES I CHAUFFAGE
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
HORN I CIGAR LIGHTER / HEATER
ATT 400/ 3 Dessinateur: B.(
~~
I Date:
29/11/00
~CE"::":PlAN:':::"':'::"'ES:::::"TLA":""':";:PR!J'R£f..!!:.!.:.-EOE-PPH.-L-t,£-i.PE-ur-ET-f£-"-REffiOOlJ--T,"'-(-~--S-ANS-NO-TRE-A-ur-CRSA-TOiJ.....-I-ms-OOA-WHi-IS-n£-PJm3ID--OF-PPK-!T-lS-NOT-se-USEl)-OO-REPROOJCED--WITHOUT--exm-AlJTHORfZA--TK}I---i.:-":V;"';'erifl;';";:'l~ca;"';'teu"':"r--::R~P;"';',--+----} Da:"':"'te-:"'::::18"=/03::"::/2::":00:::--12
INDICE: A PAGE :
9 5
N 1213141516171819 Imlft
1~laIUI~I~IVI~IWIW!~lnIBIUI~IUIVI~!~I~I~I~ITII~I~
~I~I~I~I~IM
U42
~~33.25)
~
EP.60
A
U32 (15.37)
'57.32) , I
70 P123 P123. 70
-
068
~I
~F~i
f
..0
:!;
I
I
1~60.
1~60.
f~~
T'P60
65
8
..0
EP14
•
~I
~I
-
If)'
I I
rp~~p~
I
OW
5124 I~ I5111dip de 6.35 ~@ ~®
'6
I I I
)
I
i
:::> --l
BROWN
~I!ROWNI
CE PlAN EST LA PROPR£TE [f PPM.l t£ PEtIT ET'm: N REffiOCUT. N C~ SANS N>1RE AtJTOOISAtm I TIIS OOAWHi LS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPI't IT IS t-llT BE lISa) 00 REPROIUEO WlTIDJT M AUTIilRIZATOi
I 2 \ 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 1 7 I 8 t 9 I 10 1 11 , 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 \ 17 I 18 I 19 J 20 .t 21 I 22 I 23 , 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 t 28 I 29 t 30 , 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
N
15W
15A (51.13) ...--------~I
~fr2
A
~fr'
I
9 33
.i.P60.
-
~f~ ,
~S117
B HYDRAULIC OIL (OOLER SENSOR
®'
~.
5QoC .,
~ru I
934
b P60
C
~f~' I
~~R600 6
~
R4-BR60 161.24) 85
00600 15
o
lf1
..- EP.42 ~
(64.14)
-
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~~~~: 1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3
REFRIGERANT HUILE HYDRAUUQUE
ATT400/3
r:rw
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC RLE HYDRAULIC OIL (OOLER Dessinateur: s.t I Date: 19/09/00 '-ce'; ;"';P\.AN":; ;';";';';ES'; ; "rLA--';;;;";PRa'RETE~-rE-PPH.-l-t£--iPEUT"--Em:-N-REPJmJT--,-N-CMUI.l.E--SAHS-t«)T-RE-AUT-OOISA--.l.rm - ,ms-·-OO,4-WKj-rs-n£-PROPER--ry-a:-PPH.-rr-ISNl-T-BE-USED-OO-REP!mJ:EO--wmwT-· -OOR-~--AT-Ilt-"+-v-'erifi-'-.1c-ate-ur-:-RP-.---+'-D-at-e;-18-'0-3'-200-2---1
INDICE: A PAGE :
61
I
"1
2 t 3
I
4
I
5
I
6
I
7
I
8 I 9 I 10
I
11
I
I
12
13
I
I
14
15
I
16
I
17
I
18
I
19
I
20
I
21
I
22
I
23
I
24
1 25 J 26 I
I
27
28
I
29
I 30 I
31 I 32 I 33
I
34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38
I
39 I 40 I 41
6A 14m
(5t11)
l' BD2. 615
A N
N
:;;Q
EP.90
EP.82
B UP AND DOWN (W SWITCH
-
c
-
o
N
EP3
(')
.- _ _ _ _ 1
U19
~~
(355)
-
U23
~~
05.11)
034
UI
~...l
~
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
COMMANOES CONTRE-POIDS
ATT40013 ELECTRI[ FILE
[OUNTERWEIGHT [ONTROL
ATT 400/ 3 Dessinateur: S.c
1!im~ I Date:
27/11/00
f.-:.CE";:"":PL'::':'AN'::':"';ES=-TLA":'-:"":'PRQPRETE":'::':'::"-oe-PPH.-L-M:-i.. - ETRE - N -REPROCUT--,N-~--SAN-S-J.K)-lRE-A-UT-OOISA-TOtJ..--/-TKS-OOA-WNi-IS-TI£-PRCPERTY--OF-PPH.-rr-ISN)-T-BE-USED-M-REPROIUED--wrr-H:JUT-M-~--Tm--t-V-6rifi-'l-ca-teur-:R-::""P.--+-ID-a-te-:~18/-:-:-:03-:-:12-:-:-002:--1 PEUT
INDICE: A P GE A :
62
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 .1 21 I 22 J 23 I 24 I 25 I 261 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 t 39 I 40 I 41
,,1
MEGACOMP l.M.I. PANEL
T12W IDA
I~~~~~~~~~I
52.34)
jF
A
I
I
/'N, Ti I
~ ~1'
FRONT SUSPENSION LOO
f4
22
BR51G 15
f
-
f
~
:.::: BzXt
f' B16X1.
fl BXt
I
i~~
I
.
L --~
:
I
24
I
~--- ----;J_J
c:JL
JF
R2-8R60
~
{612~
l' BR60C 4 ¢
: t::· ~
~::. ~ II l~
87
ioOf 00 12 60C
Ul
""-EP.4Z
~--------' ffi~
,87
~.72
~~260
I
'EP.27
--I
)
i
I
:~.24
:1
y~
(5118)
___________ ~
_~
U""'! N
N
~8128
8128
~I
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU ALiM / MASSES D 80522-34
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
POWER I GROUND LOOI1 LAYOUT
ATT 400/3 Dessinateur:
s.c.
PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
I Date: 26/10/00 PAGE - - I.....D.....a-te-:...;;18.;;../O..;.;..3/..;.,2OQ.....2---i
~CE"-Pl';';;;'AN;';;';';E"';;;;ST~LA-O:PROPRETE;"';"';;;;;'~DE-PPH.-U---.l..EPElJT-ETRE-N-REPR
Sertir UNE (asse par NUMERO de fil CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 Q 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
EP 7
oKl -.0
tp
~IGHT HIGH BEAM)
t---_-.:;.:;10~O_ _---IT TL--_-.:;.:;10~0--~P226
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95 CONTACTS ref. AMP : 927771·3 NOUlLlE DE COLLE r~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x1S MANCHON r~f. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45
PPM TEREX
1..----
(RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)
60 ...._ _.. 6T25
ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU PARE-CHOCS AV S 70522-99
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
FRONT LIGHTING LOOH LAYOUT
100
P214
CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: C 12407-83 CONT ACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: C· 61407-95 CONTACTS r~f. AMP: 927771-3 NOUILlE DE COlLE ~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x15 MANCHON ref. RA Y(HEM : HT AT 24/6-0-45
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
:
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: S.C
PORTEUR
CABRIER
I Date:
03/11/00
r(E.;"';;"PlAN':';;;';";':;ES:"":=T:"""LA-=PROPR£rE:"":"=':'::-DE-PPH.-l-t£-L - EmE - tf- flEPRtWT - - ,tf-(-~--SANS-t()-mE-A-UT-OOIS-A-LTm-,-ms-OOA-WNl-tS-nE-PfIDPER-, -TY-OF-ff'H.-rr-tS-t{)-r-BE-lJS8)-QR-REPROCXm---WffillUT--OOO-AUTHORIZA--rm-I-V---erifj-·-lca-.t-eu---r-...;:R;;';';;P---.- - I I -D ---a-te-;"";'18;;;;"'0---312---00-2---1 PEUT
INDICE: C PAGE:
110
I 2 I 3 ! 4
'"
!
5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
Q100ULATEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE DROITE)
(MOOULATEUR ASS ROUE AVANT OROITE)
A
S251.1------------.
.------------------45253.
CABLE MOOULATEUR ASS 15M ; S 75522-96
CABLE MOOULATEUR ABS 15M : S 75522-96
(FRONT RIGHT WHEEL ASS SENSOR)
Q_-"""___A_Tr._*_Oa_V3_o_l_EC_TR._YC_M_l_E_ _-'---_ _ _ _ _ _ _'A_B._S'_L_OQ_11_L_A_YO_U_T_ _ _ _ _ _---!t-D_e_ssID_·a_te_uf_:~B.-:--(_ _+-IDa_'1e_:_OS_/O.......3/___ 01---f CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.llE PEUT ETRE N REPRCWT, N C~ SANS N>TRE AUTMtSATOi I TIIS mAWNi IS TI£ Pf«FERTY OF PPM. IT IS NJT BE USED 00 REPROIl.(ED wmnJT OI.R AUTHORIZATDi Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
INDICE: A PAGE:
111
"'1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 1 111 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17
18 I 19 I 20 i 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 ! 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40
I 41
A
(OPTION INVERSEUR TYPE GAS-OIL)
QONCTION BOITIERS COMMANDE ET COMPACT)
§
BIF
-
CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES ; T 00407-50 CLIP MALE 6.3 A VERROU : G03409-35
B
-
@OITIER DE COMMANDE)
~AB-FUEL SELECTION BOX CONNECTION)
§
-+
B320.}-1O.:;:.;O~_ _ _ _ _ _ _...;.;50;.;,.O_ _ _ _ _ _
c
f~f.
(FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX)
8900
SSG
GARLOU!S : 8.002
C~ECTEUR
FEMELLE 15 VOlES: G03407-51 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 15 mm2 : N 03409-41 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42
CABLE Bl-CARBURANT I Lgr 9m
r~f.
GARlOUIS : 8.031
-
o
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: E.P.S. :
1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
ARAIGNEE EQUIPEMENTS ELECTRIQUES KIT GARLOUIS
ATT400/3
PORTEUR CARRIER
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE RED FUEL LOOH LAYOUT OPTION Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 29/03/01 rCE";';"';PLAN;';;;;"';';';;EST=--lA';;;"PRtPRETE~~£E-PPH.-Lt--'-£PElJT-EmE-NREP!mJT--,N-C-CMtm£--SANS-t«)-TRE-Aur-MlS-A-'"TQt-'THS-OO,4,-WNi-IS-1l£-PROPER-rr-Cf-PPH.-rr-IS-t{}-rf:IE-USED-M-REPROI).(ED--WITlDIT--orn-AUTtlIRlZA--TDt-+-V-erlfl.-·-c-ate-ur-:"';"R';;':"P.--+-ID-a-te-:"';"18--/03';';";"12--00-2- i
INDICE: 0 PAGE :
112
41
A
Placer des manchons thermoretractabies de meme dimension entre ces monchons et ce. taus les 300mm.
B
(ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER)
400
'longueur coupee
5000)
CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : K 61407-10 (ONTACTS a SOUDER integres au CONNECTEUR
Ilongueur
5000)
(PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER)
IPRESSE -ETOUPES I 0 0
~
150
400
400
Q..M.L PANEL) C
coupee
2100 150
GT35
150
CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES: K 61407-10 CONTACTS a SOUDER int~res au CONNECTEUR
400
CONNECTEUR 24 VOlES : S 61407-17 CONTACTS 0.32 0 0.5 mm2 ; L 03409-85 CONT ACTS 0.75 a 1.5 mm2 : M03409-86
D
ILongueur
coupee
10950)
@OOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM)
8200
E
PRECONISATIONS CABLAGE TRESSE dons P88 et P89 TRESSE EXTERNE : faire apporoitre to tresse externe sur 1cm puis enfiler Ie cable dans le presse-etoupe ofin que to tresse soit en contact avec 1Jot ive. TRESSE INTERNE: couper 10 tresse interne et mettre de 10 gaine retractable 07 pour eviter tout contact. Apres avoir sou de les fils. rempl if t interieur de 10 prise avec de lo graisse molykote 111 pour assurer I'efancheite.
COble
(OUP~
NET
I
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~~~~E;: 1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU CABLES [EC DS350C - J 82522-47 -
ATT400 /3
~
~M..:.:..A:.:::.:CH.:.:.:..IN.:.::.E-:..:-=-24.:..:.::12:..:.;10=-.-_->_ _....L.-_ _A_T_T4_0_01_'3_EL_B_Cli_RA_f_FIL_E_ _- l - -_ _ _ _ _ _D_53_'50_,[_5_L_L_LO_OH_LA_}'j_'OU_T_ _ _ _ _ _~Des-:..s....;;in,;....ate....;..;ur.....;..:~B.~C._-+-Da_te-:~26~/02~/~200~2-; CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE ~ PPH.l t£ PEUT ErnE N REffiflm. N (~SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATDt I THS OOAWHG IS 11£ PROPERTY OF FPttIT IS tliT BE USED OR REPROO.XED WITHOOT M AUTHORlZATm.
V6rificateur:
RP.
Date:
18/0312002
INDICE: 0 PAGE:
113
41
Placer des manchons thermor~trQetQbles de meme dimension entre ees monehons et ee, taus les 300mm.
A
(Roo SIDE TRANSDUCER) 400
ILongueur eoupee
5000» CONNECTEUR type GOM 3009 ref. HIRSCHMANN : 931 969-100
Y7 PRO 908 I
!PRESSE-ETOUPES r~f. 386
50
B
GT2S
0 0
~
150
ILongueur
400
Q>ISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER)
5000) 400
Q..Ml PANEL)
2100
150
(
CDUpee
GT35 CONNECTEUR type GDM 3009 ref. HIRSCHMANN : 931 969-100
150
400
CONNECTEUR 24 VOlES: S 61407-17 CONT ACTS 0.32 0 05 mm2 : L 03409-85 CONTACTS 0.75 0 1.5 mm2 : M03409-86
ILongueur
(OUpee
10950)
(BOOM LENGHT ! ANGLE REEL DRUM)
8200
COble
(OUP~
NET
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
~~~~~: 1371
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3
ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU CABLES CEC MEGACOMP. - K 82522-48 -
ATT400 /3
~
J.. .!M. : . ;A:; :,:;CH..:.:.:.IN:.: : .E-=.,.:.::::..24.:..:.::12::...:.:10~-_->_ _...1--_ _A_T_r._4(J_,()I_'3_EL_E_[r,_'RA_r_Fl_E_ _.....L-_ _ _ _ _ _I1_f6_;.4_CQ_il-fP._._S_L_1L_O_OH_L_A_YO_U_T _ _ _ _ _--f-;;;;:...Des.;..;.;s.;;;;;.ln;;...;.ate;.,.;.ur;;...;.:~B~.c--;....;;;._Da,;.....;te-:...;:27~/O~2/~20~02~ CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE ~ PPH.l t£ PEl1T ETRE N REPRW.fl, N CIlttNW': SANS t«lTRE AlITCRSAlUi ITlfS MAWHi IS 1l£ PROPERTY OF PPtl IT IS ooT BE USED 00 REJ'R(lUE) WffiWT ~ AUTIilRIZAmt
VCrificateur: RP.
Date: 18/03/2002
INDICE: 0 PAGE:
114
,,1
I
2
I
3
I
4
J 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 2S I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 ! 3S I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 J 40 I 41 (L I ST ING DE FI LS)
FAISCEAU ASS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ASS ....... ASS ....... ASS ....... ABS ....... ABS" ..... ABS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ABS ..... , . ABS ....... ABS ....... ASS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ASS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... A8S ....... ASS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ASS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ABS ....... ASS ....... ABS" ..... ABS ....... ABS .......
A
r--'"
8
-
C
-
ALIMMASSES AL!MMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIHMASSES Al!MHASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMHASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES
-
E
PPM
TEREX
CR 107366
FIL
SECTION I TYPE
BLACK
COble type P
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BN/BU BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN GN/YL GN/YL GN/YL GN/YL REO WH/RED
(Oble type P Cable type P Cable type P (Oble type a cable type a (Oble type 0 (Oble type 0 (Oble fype R COble type P Cable type P
yuau 15 15
15 15
30200 30200 30200 30200 15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15
ETUDE:
Ulbte type P
COble type P Clible type a (able type a Cable type a COble type a COble type R Cable type 0 Cable type a (Oble type 0 (Oble type 0 [able type R COble type R Cable type R 1.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
1371 EP.S. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TENANT BABS2: 13 BABS2: 14 BABS2: 15 BABS2: 18 BABS2:4 BABS2:5 BABS2:6 BAB52:9 EP16 BABS2:10 BABS2:11 BABS2:12 BABS2: 17 BAB52:1 BABS2:2 BABS2:3 8ABS2:8 EP18 PMM. : 1 PMM. :2 PMM. :3 PMM. :4 EP19 PABSR. :6 PABSR. : 12 EP18 EP18 EP18 EP18 EP19 EP19 EP19 EP19
ABOUTISSANT PA1R PAll PA1L PA2R S251. 5252. 5249. 5253. PH:) PA1R PA2l PA1l
PA2R S251. S252. S249. 5253. PR:4 5249.:2 S251. :2 5252. :2 5253. : 2
PR: 1 PR:2 PR:5 PABSR. :7 PABSR. :8 PABSR. :9 PAS5R. : 10 PABSR.:1 PABSR, :2 PABSR. : 3 PABSR, :4
EPS. EP8. EP8. EP8. EP9.
P1: 13 P1: 14 P1 :27
EP9. EP9. EP9. EP10. EPi0. EP10.
P1 :42 P1 :55 P1 :56 P1: 11 P1: 12
P1:28 P1: 41
P1 :25
FAISCEAU AllMMASSES ALIHMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES AL!MMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES AllMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES AllMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSE5 ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIHMAS5ES ALIMMASSES AllMMASSES AllMMASSES AllMMASSES ALIMMASSES AllMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIHMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIHMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMHASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES AL IMMASSES. ALIHMASSES ALIMMASSES
RL 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15
1S 440 440
440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440
440 440 640 640 640
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ArT40013 ELECTRIC ALE
WIRES LlSTIN6
SECTION I TYPE
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT
1 mm2
EP10.
P1 :26
1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 rnm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
EP11. EP11. EP11. EP11. EP12. EP12. EP12. EP12. EPB. EPB. EP13. EP13. EP14. EP14. EP14. EP14. EPS. EP9. EP10. EP11. EP12. EPn. EP14. EP4. EP4. EP4. EP4. EP5. EP5. EP5. EP5. EP6. EP6. EP6. EP6. EP7. EP7. EP4. EP5.
P1 :39 P1 :40 P1 :53 P1 :54 P1 :9 P1: 10 P1 :23 Pi :24 P1 :37 P1: 38 P1:51
P1:52 P1 :8 P1 :22 P1: 36 P1 :50
H2O H2O H2O H2O M20 M20 M20 P1 :6 P1: 7 P1 :20 P1:21 P1 :34 P1 :35
P1 :48 P1 :49 P1 :4
P1 :5 P1: 18 P1: 19 P1 :32 P1 :33 511:30 511:30
EP6. EP7. EP1. EP1. EP1.
CE PlAN EST LA PfOlRETE IE PPH. l t£ PEUT EIRE If REPROCUT. N cottNl£ SANS OOmE AUTallSATDi I TItS OOAWNi IS 11£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED (Jl REPRIDXE) WIDWT tm AUTI-mlZATm
511:30
511:30 P1: 1
P1 :2 P1: 15
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.L
Vermcateur: RP.
I Date:
I Date:
19/09/00
18/03/2002
INDICE : 0 PAGE: 125
,"-1 1213141516 \7 \8 19
'IDlftl~laIUI51~IVIWlwlwl~'nlBI~I~IUIVI~I~I~I~I~IDI~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(LISTING DE FILS)
A
-
B
I--
(
-
----
E
FAISCEAU ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES AllMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES ALIMMASSES
RL 640 640
BOITIERCOM BO!TIERCOM BOlt IERCOM BOITIERCOM BOITIERCOM BOITIERCOM BOITIERCOM
VIJ
CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
PPM TEREX CR 107366
640
64Q 640 640 640 640 640
640 640
640 1
2 3
4 5
6
BLACK BLUE CAN-H CAN-H CAN-H CAN-L CAN-L CAN-L HF-GND HF-GNO
HF-GNO 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3
ETUDE: E.PS ;
SECTION ! TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 -
-
-
COble type 0 COble type 0 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
1371
MACHINE: 241210 -->
ABOUTISSANT
TENANT EP1. EP2. EP2. EP2. EP2. EP3. EP3. EP3. EP3. EP1. EP2. EP3.
P1: 16 P1 :29 P1 :30 P1 :43 P1 :44 P1 :3 P1: 17 P1:31
B320.:12 B320.:12 6320.: 14 B320.:14 8320. : 1 6320.: 2 B320.: 6
S216
P1:45 511 :300
S11:300 511:300
FMR3:1 FMR3;] FMR3:3 FMR3:11 EP .116, EP .41. ADM4: 1 CAN: 1 CAN:7 AOM4:3 CAN:3 CAN:9 ADM4:4 CAN:2 CAN:8 B60:1 B150: 1 EP.78. EP.78. B60:3 B150:3 EP.79. EP.79. 861: 1
5216
5216 5216 5216
5216 S216
R2:! 680 ohms I R2:! 680 ohms 1 R3:! 150 ohms 1 R3:1 150 ohms f S194 S194
CAN:4 FMR2:18 W1-X4:1 CAN:6 FMR2: 16 W1~X4:2
CAN:5 FMR2: 17 W1-X4: 4 EP.78. EP.7S. P23. :5 P55.: 1 EP.79. EP.79. P23.: 19
P55.; 15 EP.80.
1.4W 1.4W 1.4W 1.4W
FAISCEAU CA61NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPQRT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEP CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB!NEPORT CAB!NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB1NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB!NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT
FIL 3 3 3 4
4 4
4
5 5
5 10 10 10 10 10
14 4
14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 1S
15 15 15 15 15
15 1S
15 15
15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATUOO/3 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
SECTION ! TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
ABOUTISSANT EP.80. P23. :33 P55. :29 EP .81. EP .81. P23. : 47 P55. :43 EP.82. P23. : 61 PS5. :57 EP.27, EP,27. EP.27. EP .27. P23, :60 EP.30. EP.30. FMR2:3 P15.:64 P55. :34 EP. 114. EP. 114. EP. 114. EP. 114. EP. 114. EP.115. EP. 115. EP. 115. EP.115. EP.115. EP. 113. EP.113. EP .113. EP. 113. EP. 113. EP. 113. EP. 16]. EP.163. EP. 163, EP.163. EP.109.
TENANT 8151:1
EP.80. EP.SO. 861:3 B151:3
EP.8L EP.81. B60:2 EP.82. EP.82. CDEVAR: 10 BRZ2F:3 BR22G:9 COIRAR:2 EP.27. BR10C:2 ADM1: 15 EP.30. EP.30. EP.30. BR7E: 15 BR7F:6 BRSC:4 BR80:2 BR8D: 15 BR9C:4 BR9D:2 BR90:8 BR10C:4 BR100:2 BR20F:6 BR20F:9 BR20G: 13 BRnE: 14 BR22E: 15 BRnF:6 BR25C:4 BR2SC: 12 BR25D:2
BR25D: 15 BUZ1 BVFD
EP. 107.
BVGO BV2A:6 BV2B:6
EP. 107. EP .106. EP.106.
CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT Emf hi REPRroJT. N (~ SANS OOTRE AUTffilSATDt I THS OOAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY IF PPM. IT IS t-lJT BE USED 00 REPROW:ED WITHOOT M AUTI-m!ZATIOO.
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C. Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00 18/03/2002
PAGE:
126
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 .1 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
".1
(LISTING DE FILS) A
f--
B
I--
(
-
D
-
E
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB!NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (AB!NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB!NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FIL 15 15
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
15
0.6 mm2
15
0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 Q.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mml 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 rnm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
15
15
15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15
15 15 15 15
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TENANT BV2B:8 BV3A:4 BV3A:6 BV3B:4 BV3B:6 BV3B:8 B32:5
B32:6 B53:3 B54:3 B56:3 8162:1 8163:3
CACC:2 (ACC;7 CACC:9 CAFFAL:7 CAFFAl:9 CDEVAR:7 COEVAR:9 CDIFAV:7 CDIRAR:7 (PAV. :7 CSAR:7 (SPT:7 CSPT:9 (SUSP:7 (SUSP:9 EP.152. EP.152. EP .152. EP.152. EP.152. EP.153. EP.153. EP.154. EP.154. EP.154. EP.154. EP. 154. EP .154. ADM1 :5 BABS:4
BABS:9 BA1:6
ABOUTISSANT EP.106. EP.107. EP. 107. EP. 107. EP. 107. EP.107. EP. 110. EP. 110. EP. 109. EP. 109. EP.109. EP.110. EP.109. EP. 153. EP.153. EP.153. EP.153. EP.153. EP. 152. EP.152. EP.155. EP.152. EP,155. EP.63 EP,154. EP. 154. EP.153. EP.153. ISG:7 ISG:9 ISTA:5 ISTA:7 ISTA:9 IABS:7 IDETR: 10 IFBAR:7 IFBAR:9 IGIRO:7 IGIRO:9 IRD:7 IRD:9 EP. 158. EP.35. EP.35. M15
FAISCEAU CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABI NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA8!NEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA81NEPORT CABiNEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT [ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABtNEPORT CAB INEPORT
FIL 15 15
15 15
15 15
15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15
15
15 1S 15 15
15 15
15 15
15 15 15 15
15 1S
15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnrn2 1 mm2
15
1 mm2
15 15
1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
15 15 15
15 15
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATTtOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
CE PI.AN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH. l t£ PEtIT ETRE N REPROCUT, N a:tHJIlE SANS OOTRE AlITOOISAiOll TIfS 00AWN'.i IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS OOT BE USED 00 REPROCU:ED WfOOJT
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT EP. 115. EP. 113. EP. 163, EP,121, EP.105. EP. 105. EP.147. EP.105. EP. 147. EP, 147.
BR9D:4 BR20F: 10 BR24G: 13 830:5 B42. :4 B42. :5 B42. :6 B42. : 10
B42. : 11 B55:2 8153:2 8154:2
EP.148.
EP.148. EP.121. EP .105. EP.152. EP.158. P5L :F P51. :5 P51. :D P51. :0
8189:1
B195:1 CDIRAR:5 DIAG:1 EP.100. EP.100. EP. 101, EP.101. EP.102. EP.102. EP. 102. EP.102. EP.103. EP. 103. EP. 103. EP. 103. EP.104. EP.104. EP. 104. EP.104. EP.106. EP.107. EP.109. EP.110. EP.114. EP.117. EP.117. EP.152. EP. 153. EP .154. EP.158. EP.158. EP.158.
P5S.:19
P55. : 22
P55.: 23 P55. :26 P55.: 27 P55.: 28 P55. : 65 P55. :66 P55. :56 P55.: 59 P55. :61 P55.: 63 M15 M15 M15 M15
M15 5183 5206 EP. 153. IABS:2 EP. 155. FMR2:2 W1-X7: 14 W1-X7: 15
ATT400/3 om AlJ'fimZATD{
Dessinateur: B.C Vermcateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00 18/03/2002
PAGE:
127
i"J I 2\ 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 , 24 I 25 I 26
ll'~I~I~I~lnITIJ~I~I~ITI1~IEI~IM
(L I STI NG DE FILS)
A
-
B
-
C
~
-
E
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
PPM TEREX CR 107366
RL
15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15
15 15
15
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2
ETUDE:
1371 EP.S. : MACHINE : 241210
-->
TENANT EP.163. EP. 170, EP. 170, EP. 170. EP. 170. EP .171. EP.171. EP.171. EP. 17 L EP.35. EP.8S. EP.85. EP.85. EP.85. EP.86. EP.86. EP.86. EP.86. EP.87. EP.87. EP.87. EP.87. EP.68. EP.S6. EP.B8. EP.B8. EP.69. EP.89. EP.89. EP.B9. EP.90. EP.90. EP.90. EP.90. EP.91. EP.91. EP.91. EP.91. EP.94. EP.94. EP.94. EP.94. EP.95. EP.95. EP.95.
ABOUTISSANT P5. :60
PAB5R:7 PABSR:8 PABSR:9 PAB5R: 10 PMM: 1 PMM:2 PMM:3 PI1M:4 PABS:2 P1.: 13 P1. : 14 P1. :27 P1.: 28 P1. : 41 P1.: 42 P1. :55 P1. :56 P1. : 11 P1. : 12 P1. : 25 P1. : 26
P1.: 39 P1.: 40 P1.; 53 P1. : 54 P1. : 9
P1. : 10 P1. :23 P1. :24 P1. : 37 P1. :38 P1. :51 P1. :52 P1. :8 P1. : 22
P1. :36 P1. :SO P23. : 13 P23.: 14 PH. :27 P23. :28 PH. :41 P23. :42 P23. :55
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPOfH CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB1NEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABtNEPORT CABtNEPORT CABfNEPORT
FIL 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15
15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELE[TRI[ FiE
WIRES LISTING
CE PlAN EST LA PR
TENANT AOM1 :2 B30:1
BV3A:5 854:4 854:2 BV2B:7 BR21E: 1 EP,31. BR25C:5 B150:2 CDIRAR:1 EP.74. CPAV.:3 EP.40. EP.40. (PAV. : 1 EP.42. EP.42. (PAV. :9 EP.43. EP ,43. EP,n. BR2SC:7 8151: 2 CDIRAR:3 EP.75. 6153:1
EP.149, BD2:4
ABOUTISSANT 856:4 IDETR:3 830:6 S170 S171
EP ,31. EP.31, P23.: 34 EP.74. EP.74. EP.74. P5S.:14 EP.40. P23. :38 P55. :9 EP.42. P23. :39 P55. ;37 EP.4]. P15.: 11 P23. :36 P55, :24 EP.75. EP.75. EP.75. P55. : 42 EP. 149. S183
802:7
BD1: 9 BR22F: 15 8188:4 642. :8 EP. 175. EP .175. 8166:1 6166:6 8189:5
B195:3 BD1 :7 804:4 604:5 804:7 BR9(: 13
842. :9 EP. 149, BR8e:1 P5. :25 8195:5 EP.175. S203 5204
EP.7. EP.7. EP.7. EP.7. EP.7. B32:3 8186:3 8R80:8 EP.59.
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CA6I NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA8I NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
351
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2
8150:7
351
1 mm2
8150:9
351
1 mm2
8151: 7
351
1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0,6 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1,5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1 mm2
B151:9 BV2A:5
RL
351
403
412 416 416 416 416 416 416 440
440 440 440 440
440
440 440 440 440 440
440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 441
444 444 444
444 444 444 444 444 444 444 460
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELECTRf[ FILE
WIRES LISTING
CE PlAN EST LA PRtFRETE ~ PPM. L tE PEUT ETRE N REPRfXl.IT. N (MUIl£ SANS t«)TRE AUTOOISAmt 11lIS mAWNi 5 TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. iT IS t«lT BE USED M R:EPR(WE)
EP.44. B42. :3 B42. :7 EP.44. EP.44. EP.44. BR8C:5
ABOUTISSANT EP,59. EP,59, EP.59. EP,59, EP.59, P55,: 4 B195:6 IGIRO: 10 EP.44. EP.44. IGIRO: 1 P5.: 12 P23. :70 P1. : 32
BR8C:6
P1.: 33
EP.122. EP.122. EP.122. EP.122. EP.123, EP. 123. EP' 123. EP, 123. EP.124, EP.124. EP.124. EP,124.
P1.: 6 P1. :7 P1. :20 P1. :21 P1.: 34 P1. :35 P1. :48 P1. :49
TENANT BR9(:9
6166:3
P1. :4
P1. :5 P1. : 18 P1. : 19 EP. 122. EP.122. EP .123. EP .123. EP. 124. EP.124. P55. :64 P23, :3 P23. :4 P23. : 17
B01: 1
S01 :2
B01 :3 602:1
B02:2 BD2:3 FMR3: 10 EP.8. EP.B. EP.B. EP.6.
P23. : 16
EP.9. EP,9. EP.9. EP.9. 802: 12
P23. :31 P23.: 32
P23. : 45 P23. ; 46 EP.S. EP.9. P55.: 54
B02:15
BR21E:7
ATT400/3 wmnrr OI..R AlJ1lfPJZATDt
Dessinateur: S.c. VWtcateur: RP.
I Date; I Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00 16/0312002
PAGE:
131
N I
2
I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 (LISTING DE FILS)
A
-
B
!"'-"
C
-
D
I--
E
FAISCEAU CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT
PPM TEREX
CR 107366
RL 466
466 466 466 503
512 514
514 514
524 525 525
525 525
525 525 529
532 532 532 532
532 532 532 532 532 532
532 532 541 544
544 544 544 544
560 560 560
575 575 575 575 575 603
610
ETUDE:
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mml 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 O.6mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mrn2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnrn2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2
1371
E'p.S. ;
MACHINE: 241210 -->
TENANT
A80UTISSANT
COIFAV:9
EP.39.
EP,39.
P5. :5 P5.: 10 P23. :48
EP.39. EP.39. 8185:1 8188:5 EP.45. BR8(:11 EP.4S. BR6D:6 8D3:5 EP, 17. EP.11. EP.17. 803:6
P55.:18
8189:1 IFBAR: 10 EP.45. P5. :55 P23. :63 BR9(:7 P55, :5 P55. :33 P55.: 45 ISTA:2 EP. 17.
603:3
P23. :25 BR21E:14 BR21E:15 BR21F:6 BR21F:9 BR23F:6 BR23F:9 BR24E: 15 BR24F:6 BR9O:3 EP.131. EP.136. EP,60. BR7F: 1 602:11 6162:10 EP.S. B02: 10 EP.S. BR21F: 15 (SUSP:4 EP.126. EP .174. EP .174. EP.174. EP.174. EP.174. B185:2 BR22E: 10
W1-X3:4
EP.136. EP.136. EP .136. EP .136, EP.131. EP.131, EP.131. EP .131. EP.60. EP.60. EP,60. P55. :68 BR7G: 12 B32:1
EP.S. IFBAR:5 EP.S. IOETR: 14 EP.126. EP.126. P23. :21 IRO: 10 IRD: 1
fRD:' 5149 S169 P55. :32 COEVAR:3
FAlSCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA81NEPORT [ABINEPORT (ABI NEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABI NEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA81NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA81NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
FIL 610 612
614 625 625 625 625 625 632 632 632 640 640 640
640 640 640
640
640 640 640
640 640
640 640 640
640 640 640 644
644 644 644
644 644 644 644
644
644 660
660 660 703 709
710
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 1 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2
1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnm2 1. 5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1. 5 rnm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2
TENANT
A80UTISSANT P23. :52 8169:2 IFBAR:1 ISTA: 10 P55.; 53 EP.28. EP.28, P55. :2 EP .61, EP .61. EP.61. EP.73. P1. :3
BRnE: 11 B166:2 BRac: 13 EP.2S. EP.2S. BR9C: 1
8R20F: 13 EP.28. B37:3 BR9D:1 B35:3A B35: 1B
EP.B. EP.73. EP.92. EP.92. EP.92. EP.92. EP.93. EP.93. EP.93. EP.93.
P1.: 17
P1. : 1 P1. :2
P1. ; 15 P1. : 16 P1. :29 P1.: 30 P1. :43 P1.: 44 EP.92. EP.n. EP.93. EP.93. P1. :31 P1.: 45 EP,83. P23.: 1 P23. :2 P23. :15 PB, : 16 P23. :29 P23.: 30 P23.: 43 P23. : 44 EP .10. EP.11. EP.127. EP. 127.
B04:3
B04:6 B04:9 B04: 12 EP.B3. EP.83. B187:3 EP.10.
EP.10. EP.10. EP.10.
EP.11. EP .11. EP .11. EP.11. 804:1
B04:2 BR21F: 12 C5U5P:6 EP .127. 8185:3 BR7E:4 BR22E:4
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE Il: PPM. L r£ PEUT ETII: N REPRlDlT. N (tHlN(l£ SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATKJi I TItS IlMWNi IS n£ PRalERTY OF f¥lH. IT IS NlT BE USED 00 REPROOOCED wrooJT M AUTl1JRfZATm
P23. :49
P55. :46 W1-X7; 2 CDEVAR: 1
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: Verificateur:
B.c RP.
I
Date: 30/10/00 18/03/2002
I Date:
INDICE : 0 PAGE:
132
" A
--B
I--
C
-
D
E
t 2 I 3
4
I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 J 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 1 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29
30
I
31
I
32
I
33
I
34
I
35
I
36
I
37
I
38
I
39 I 40
I
41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB!NEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB!NEPORT CAB!NEPORT CAB INEPORT
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FIL 710 712
714 718
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
718
1 mm2
716
1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
718 719
719 719 719 719 729
769 803 814 815 815 815 817
844
844 844 844 844
844 844
844 844 844
844 844 844
644 844
844 844 844
644 844 844 844 844 844 844
ETUDE: 1371 EP.S. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TENANT BR22E:5 B169:6 P23. :9 BR9D: 10 8150: 13
6195:2
8151: 13
EP.118. [SPT: 10 EP.64. BR20G: 15 EP.64. EP.64. BR7F: 15 FMR3:4 8185:4 B186:2 BR20E: 13 EP.66. EP.66. BV1A:6 BR20G:14 BR21F:4 BR23G:12 BR24F:9 COIFAV: 10 (PAV.: 10 BR7F: 13 BR10C: 9 BR20G:12 BR21F: 13 BR21G:6 BR22F: 10 BR22G:6 BR24F: 10 BR24F: 13 BR24G:12 CDIFAV:2 EP.19. EP.2S. EP.25. EP.2S. 803: 12 B03; 14 BRZ4G:6 EP.161.
ABOUTISSANT P23. :53 P55. :20 EP.118. EP. 118. EP,118. PS5. ; 13 EP.64. W1-X7:4 EP,64. P55.: 12 P195:1 W1-X7:11 P55. :50 P55. :60 IFBAR:2 EP.66. PS. : 15 P5. :22 W1-X7:12 EP.24. EP.23. EP.l4, EP.161, EP.20. EP.20. EP.2S. EP.2S. EP.24. EP.2]. EP.23. EP .19. EP.19. EP.161. EP.161. EP.161, EP.20. EP.ZO. P5. :7 P5. : 11 P55. :7 EP.23. EP.24. EP.161. EP.24.
FAISCEAU (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB1NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT [ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT [ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT
FlL
844
844 845 860 910 915 915
915 925 925
944 944 944
944 944
944 944 945 960 960 960 1002
1003 1005 1014 1018
1018 1018 1019
1044 1060 1060
1144 1160 1160 1160 1181
1182 1183 1184 1203
1215
1215 1215 1215
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
SECTION I TYPE 2.5 mm2 2,5 mrn2 0,6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1. 5 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1. 5 mm2 0,6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT EP.19, EP.2S. 856:2 P55. :67 BR22G: 12 EP.67. P5. : 16 P5. :23 CACC: 10 ISlA: 1 EP.65. EP.65. EP.65. EP.65. EP.65. EP.65. P23. :57 BV1B:6 EP. 128. EP.128. P23.: 35 DIAG:2 D!AG:3 P15,:67 D1AG: 14 EP.62. EP.62. P55. :55 P55. : 56 BR23F: 10 (SUSP: 10 P55. : 62 W1-X7:1 EP. 164. EP. 164. EP. 164. PS. : 1 P5. :29 PS. :8 P5. :36 P8:( EP.162. EP .162. ISTA:4 EP.162.
803: 11
BD3: 15 AOM1: 7 BR21G:3 BR22F: 1 BR20F: 1 EP.67. EP.67. BR9C:6 BR9C:5 BR21F:7 CSPT:2 (SUSP:2 CSUSP:5 BR7G:9 (PAV. : 2 EP.65. ADM1: 12 BV2B;S BR21G:9 EP.128. B06:6 806: 1 OIAG:5 ADM4:5 BR90:13 B151: 14 EP,62. BR9C:11 BD1: 13
BR21G:7 BR21G:8
BR10C:1 BR23F: 15 BR24F:12 CAFFAL:3 860:4
B60:6 B61 :4 861 :6
BR80:7 AOM2:7 BR20G:7 BR20G:8 BR24G:7
CE PlAN EST LA P!m£fE IE PPK L N: PEUr ETRf N REPROCUT. N CC»tU«X.E SANS ~TRE AlJTOOL5AM. I TItS DRAWN; IS Tl£ PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS t«JT BE USED C¥l flEPR(Xl(ED WffillUT otR AIJTI-mIZATO{
ATT400/3 B.c.
I Date:
VerificateUf : RP.
I Date:
Dessinateur:
30/10/00 18/03/2002
INDICE : 0 PAGE: 133
,,1
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 131 14 I 15 I 16\ 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 (LISTING DE FILS)
A
-
B
r--
C
r--
r--
E
FAiSCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT [ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABI NEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABI NEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABJNEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FIL 1260 1286 1286 1286 1296
1296 1296
1301 1317 1317
1325 1325 1325
1360 1360 1360
1360 1360 1360 1360 1381 1382
1363
1384 1417 1508
1511 1514 1525 1525
1525 1614 1625 1714 1722 1729 1806
1806 1806
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2 1 mm2
1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mmZ 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mrn2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mmZ
ABOUTISSANT CAFFAL:1 EP. 167. EP.167.
EP.168. B02:8 ADM 1:3
P23. :6 EP. 168. EP.168. P23. :20 B55:1 B37: 15
BV1B:8
637: 13
EP .173, EP. 173, 6D5: 10 AOM2:14 CAFFAL: 10 EP.129. EP.129. EP.165. BR23G: 10 BR24G:9 B150:4 B150:6 8151:4
IRD:2
BR2SC: 10
8151:6
IRD:5 EP.173. EP.165. EP.129. EP .165. P55. : 41 P55. :51 EP. 165. EP. 165. P5. :2 P5.: 30 P5. :9 PS. :37
ADML 9 AOM1 :8 ADM1:11
BUZ
BR10D:1
BUZ1
EP.99. EP.99.
P23. :64 P23. :66
1.5 mm2
802:6
0.6 mm2 1.5 mm2 , mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
BR100;4 BR20E:7
P55. :38 P55. : 39 EP.99. IFBAR:4 P55.: 16
P23. :65
S165.
BR9C:2 P23. : 37 BR7F:7 CACC:] EP .135. ADM2: 13 AOM2: 15 BR7F:4 CACC:1 EP. 150. BR21E: 12
P23. :58 W1-X3:5 EP .135. EP .135. P23. :23 P23. :67 P23. :69 EP,150. EP.150. P23. :24 BR21G: 14
0.6 mm2
0.6 mm2 110m2
1813
110m2
1615
1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2
1818 1818 1818 1844
TENANT BR24G: 14 BR2SC:3 BR25(:11 EP.167. BR2S(:1
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.s. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
FAISCEAU (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CAB 1NEPORT CABINEPORT [ABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT (ABINEPORT [ABINEPORT CAB!NEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB!NEPORT [ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABI NEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT
Fil 1944 2018 2201
2202 2203
2204 2211 2640 2640 2806
2818 2844 3640 3640 3806 3818
3844 4000 4141 4141
4141 5000 5844
5844 5844 6000 7000 8000 8696
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 0.6 mm2
0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 rnmZ 1 rnrn2 0.6 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mrn2
11803
0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mmZ 0.6 mm2 0.6 mrn2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mrn2
11804
0.6 mm2
11805 11806
0.6 10m2 0.6 mm2
8696 8696
9102 9103 9104 9210 9260 9293
9441 9844 11260 11260
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
ABOUTISSANT BR7G:6
TENANT BR7E:1 BR9C: 12 BA2:3 BA2:5 BA2:4 BA2:6 BR10[:13 ADM1: 1 806:5 BR7E:6 BR7E:3 BR21G:4 806:7
BR20E:] 5196
5197 5196
S197 EP. 116. 806:4 FMR2:1 BR7G: 14
BR7G: 13 CAFFAl:2 W1-X7:9 W1-X7:10 BR7G: 10 BR7G:7 BR21G:13 P15.: 14 EP.29. FMR1: 18 P1S.: 7
BD6:10
AOM2:6 ADM2:18 BR21E:3 839:3
BR7G: 15 EP.29. EP,Z9, 839:2
P15. :26
CDEVAR:2 BR100: 10 BR22F: 13 B39:4 839:1 839:7 BR2SC:2 BR2S(: 13 EP.166. PS.: 61 P5. :62 BR250: 13 BR10(: 12 BR22E: 12 BR100: 15 FMR1: 13 B06:3 BR23F: 12 BR24E:4 FFG:2 FFG:3 FFG: 1 FFG:4
EP. 133. EP.133. EP .133. P15. :42 P15. :56 FMR1: 10 EP.166. EP. 166. P55. :6 P23.:11 P23. :62 P23. :7 W1-X7: 13 W1-X7: 7 W1-X7:5 FMR1: 11 5165. BR24G:S BR24G:4 FMR1: 3 FMR1: 4 FMR1: 5 FMR1 :6
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L ~ PM EIRE It REPRroJT, N ((ltlJtI(lE SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATOt I TlfS ORAWNi IS ll£ PROPERTY a:: PPfot IT IS MlT BE USED 00 REPROOJCED WffiKJUT OUR AUTI-IOOlZA1m
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C
V6rificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : D 30/10/00 18/0312002
PAGE:
134
"J I
2
I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 .1 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 (LISTING DE FILS)
A
i--
8
-
(
~
E
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT [ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CA81NEPORT CAB INEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT (ABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT
PPM TEREX CR 107366
Fil 11807 11808
12360 12360 12360
12360 12361
13358 13359
13360 13361
13362 13362 14360 19260 21260 21260
21810 21813 21814 22017 22360 29260 30100 30101
30200
30200 30200 30200 30200 31044 31100
31100
31100 31100 31100
31100 31101 31102
31103 31104 31105
31144 31200
39260
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2
0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mmZ 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
TENANT FFG:6 FFG:5
8R24F; 1 BR24G: 15 B61: 13 EP.160. BR20G: 10 15G: 10 B320:2 BR25D:3 BR20G:9 BR2S(:9 BR25D: 11 BR25D: 10 BR22F:7 BR23G:4 BR24E:1 BR10C: 7
EP.160.
BR10(:10
FMR2: 13
BR10(: 11 B320: 15 BR23G: 14 BR21E: 13
FMR2: 14 6320: 13 P55. :48 BR22G: 14 PABSR;6 PABSR: 12 PABSR: 1 PABSR:2 PABSR:3 PABSR:4 EP.22. B185:5 EP.34. EP,34. EP.34. EP.34. PABS:1 EP.34. IABS:1 PABS:8 PASS: 10 BR23E: 15 BV2A:4 EP.41. B05:9 BR21F:10
1. 5 mm2
805:1
0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 2.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 2.5 mm2 1 mm2
BV3A:8
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S. : MACHINE : 241210 -->
ABOUTISSANT FHR1: 7 FMR1: 8
EP,22.
EP.22. EP.22. EP.22. B05:3 BR23E: 13
BV2A:3 BV3A:7 BABS:7 BR23E:4 EP.34. B05:7 BABS:5 BABS: 10 SABS:11 BABS; 14 BABS; 15 BR23E:7 BABS:8 BR21F:3
EP. 160. EP.160.
P55. :3 BR25D:8 ISG: 1 ISG:3 IS5:2 BR25D:4 BR25D: 14 B61 ;2 P55. :52 BR22G:4 BR24E:2 P55. : 17 FMR2: 10
FAISCEAU CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CABINEPORT CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CAB!NETDUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABtNETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CASINETOUR
FIL 44017
44017 49260 55017 66017 BLUE BLUE
BROWN BROWN 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2
2
2 3 3 3
4 4
4 5 5
5 10 10 10
10 11
12 15
15 15
1S 15
15 15 15 15 15
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FH.E
WIRES LISTING
CE PlAN EST LA PRtPRETE ~ PPM. L t£ PEIJT ErnE N REPRam. N CMtN.lE SANS t«lTRE AIJTOOISATm I TItS ORAWHl 6 Tt£ PROPERTY (F PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED M REPROOXE)
SECTION 1 TYPE 1.5 mm2 1,5 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mmZ COble type 0 COble COble COble COble COble
fype 0
type 0 type 0 fype B type B
0,6 mm2 0,6 mm2 1 mm2 COble type B Cable type B 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT B320:1 B320:10 BR23G: 15 B320: 14 BR20G:6
806:8
806:9 8R21G: 12 805: 15 B06:15
EP.15 EP.21 EP.14 EP.37 EP.76 EP.77 CPAVG: 1 CPAVG:3 EP.61 EP.39 EP.39 (PAVD: 1 CPAVD:3 EP.64 CPARG: 1 CPARG:3 EP.65 (PARO: 1 (PARD: 3 EP.66 CPP: 1 CPP:3 EP.67 BV51B:3 COIAR:8 CDIAR:2 EP.7 B95: 12 B134 :5 BR51E:15 BR51F:6 BR52E: 15 BR55D: 15 BR60(:4 BR60C:12 BR600:2 BR600: 15 BV50A:4 BV50B:8
5130
5131 S131 5130
E106: 1 E107: 1 EP.61 EP.61 P123.~5
E106:2 E107:2 EP.64 EP.64 P123.:19 EP.65 EP.65 P123.:33
EP.66 EP.66 P123.:47 EP.67 EP.67 P123. :61 EP.7
EP.7 EP.7 P123.:60 CLG: 1 IEGAV:1 EP.25 EP.25 EP.42 EP.25 EP.42 EP.42 EP.42 EP.42 EP.30 EP.30
ATT400/3 wmror 0lR AIJTtlHZATm
Dessinateur: 8.( Verificateur: RP.
I Date:
I
30/10/00 Date: 18/0312002
INDICE : 0 PAGE:
135
i':
I
2
I
3
I
4
I
5
I
6
I
7
I
8
I
9
I
m
fl 1~laLul~J~IVlmlwIWI~ln}Bl~I~IU
27
I 28 I 29
~1~I~lTIJ~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(LISTING DE FILS) A
I--
B
-
(
I--
r-
E
FAISCEAU CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB 1NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CA8!NETOUR CABiNETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CAB!NETOUR
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FIL 15 15 15 15 15
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
15 15 15
0.6 mm2 Q.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mml 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 rnm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
15
0.6 mmZ
15 15
0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mmZ 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
15 15 15 15
15
15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
1S 15 15
15 15 15 15
ETUDE:
1371
EP.s. : MACHINE : 241210 -->
TENANT BV51A:2 BV51A:4 BV51A:6 BV51B:2 BV51B:4 CACC. :2 CACe.: 7 CDEAR:7 CDIAR:7 (IRAV:? CLG:7 (MOCP:7 CPARD:5 (PARD: 7 CPARG:5 CPARG:7 (PAV:7 (PAVD:5 CPAVD:7 (PAVG:5 [PAVG:7 [PP:5 CPP:7 (SAV:7 (VDCP:7 EP.24 EP.24 EP.83 EP.83 EP.83 EP.BS EP.85 EP.BS EP.85 EP.BS EP.8S EP.BS EP.8S EP.B5 BX1. :2 894:1
895:3 B95; 10 895: 15 8134: 1
ABOUTISSANT EP.29 EP.29 EP.29 EP.29 EP.29 EP.B3 EP.83 EP.84 EP.43 EP.84 EP.B5 EP.85 EP.83
EP.83 EP.83 EP.83 EP.84 EP.83 EP.83 EP.B3 EP.83 EP.B3 EP.B) EP.83 EP.B5 FFG.: 1 FFG. :3 EP.84 EP.85 ISTA. :7 IDOR;7 IEGAV:7 IEGT:7 IPT:7 ITFL:7 ITFL:9 IV:7 IVOR:7 IVOR:9 115
EP.24 EP.20 EP.20 EP.20 EP.20
FAISCEAU CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB1NETOUR CAB1NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB1NETOUR CAB1NETOUR CA8!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB 1NET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR
RL
15 15 15 15 15
SECTION I TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mmZ 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mmZ 1 mm2 1.5 mm2
15
1.5 mm2
15 15 15 15 15 15 15
mm2 mm2 1.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 rnmZ 7 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 7 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mmZ 0.6 mmZ 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
15 15 15
15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15
15 15
15 15 15
15
15 15 15 16 16
16
16 16
16 16 16 16 16 16
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELE[TRI[ FILE
WIRES LISTING
1. 5
1. 5
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT
B135; 15 B237: I CDIAR:5 EP.24 EP.29 EP.36 EP.36 EP.36 EP.36 EP.39 EP.S4
EP.30 EP.20 EP.43 P124:2 M5 P123.:41 P123. : 42 P123. :55 P123. :56 M5 P60. :13 P60.: 14 P60.: 27 P60.: 28 P60.: 41 P60. :42 P60.: 55 P60. :56 P123.; 13 P123.:14 P123.:27 P123.:28 M5 M5 MS M5 M5 M5 M5 MS
EP.S4
EP.S4 EP.S4 EP.SS EP.S5 EP.SS EP.55 EP.62 EP.62 EP.62 EP.62 EP.7.4 EP.2S EP.30 EP.42 EP.43 EP.83 8104; I EP.20 EP.36 EP.S4 EP.SS EP.62 BV51A:5 CACC. :8 COEAR:8 CIRAV:8
M5 M5
M5 M5
EP.68
EP.SO EP.81 EP.81 EP.82 EP.B2 EP.80 EP.BO EP.81 EP.80 EP,80
CLG:8 CMDCP:8 (PARD: 8 CPARG:6 CPAV:6 (PAVD:8 (PAVG:8
CE PlAN EST LA Pf«FRETE DE PPM.l t£ PM ETI£ N REP!m.IT. N COtt.t«Le SANS 1«l1RE AUTOOISArot I THS OOAWHi IS TtE PR(fERTY (f PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED ~ REPROtU:ED WfMlIJT 000 AlITrmIZATOi
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C. Verificateur: RP.
I Date: ! Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00
18/0312002
PAGE:
136
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I
1~lwl~lnIBI~I~IUIVI~I~I~I~I~IEl~IEI~I~I~I~I~I~
(LISTING DE FILS) A
-
B
-
(
-
D
-
E
FAISCEAU CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB!NETOUR CAB!NETOUR (AB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINEToUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR
PPM TEREX CR 107366
AL
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
16 16 16
16 16 16
16 16 16 16 16 17 17
17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 19 22
22 22 22 22
29
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mmi 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.s. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TENANT CPP:8 CSAR:8 CSAV:B (VOCP:6 EP.68 EP.68 EP.68 EP.68 EP.80 EP.82 EP.82 EP.62 EP.82 EP.62 EP.82 895:6
EP.68 EP.68 EP.60 EP.60 BR55D:2 BV51A:8 B125 EP.11 (PARD: 4 CPARG:4 CPAVD:4 CPAVG:4 CPP:4 CDIAR:4 COIAR:6 EP.73 EP.91
CPARD:6 CPARG:6 CPAVD:6 CPAVG:6 CPP:6 EP.74 BRS5D:7 BV51A:7 BV51B:S B01. :9 B125 894:6
ABOUTISSANT EP.BO EP.ao EP.ao EP.82 EP.80 EP.81 EP.82 IPT:8 ISTA. :8 IDOR:8 IEGAV; 8 IEGT:8 ITFl: 8 !V:8 IVOR:6 EP.60 IPT: 1 IPT:4 EP.68 P60. :4 EP.11 EP.11 EP.11
P123. :59 EP.73 EP,73 EP.73 EP,]3 EP.73 EP.91 EP.91 P123. : 12 P123. :26 EP.74 EP.74 EP.74 EP.74 EP.74 P123. :40 EP.50
EP,50 EP.50 EP.50 EP.50 P123. :22
FAISCEAU CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CAB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR
AL
30 30 30 30 41 56
56 56 60 65 65 66
85 85 85
SECTION I TYPE 1.5 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2,5 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2
1 mm2 1 rnm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
222
1 mm2 1 mm2 2.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1. 5 mm2 2.5 mm2
222
2.5 mm2
230 238
1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2
65
86 101 112 114
160 165 187
187 187 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
222 222 222 222 222
222
244 260
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATUGOl3 ELE[TRI[ FiE
WIRES LISTING
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT EP,52 ISTA. :5 EP.52 EP.52 P123.:8 EP.4 100R: 1 P60. : 18 P123.:50 BR60C:2 P60. :43 P123.:10 P60. :46 EP.12 EP.12 EP.12 P60. :47 B104: __ IEGAV:6 P123.:68 P123. :51 P60. :46 EP .10 EP .10 P60. :31
BD3. :7 BD3.: 10 B04. : 15 8135: 11
B135: 12 BV50B:7 EP.4 EP.4 (SAV:1 BR52E:2 BR52E: 1 (IRAV:1 BR52F: 1 BR52F:2 BR60C:1 8260:2 BR52E:6 601. :6
B134:6 P60. :3 CSAV:3 BR60C:5 BV51B:1 BX1. :20 EP.10
CLG:2 EP.15 EP,15 EP.15 EP .15 EP .15 EP .15 EP .15 EP .15 801. : 12 B134: 3 EP.18
EP .15
IEGAV:2 IEGAV:5 IEGT:2 ITFL: 2 ITFL :5 IV:2 IVOR:2 IVOR:5 B135: 13 EP.18 IPT:2 IPT:5 EP .18 EP .15 EP .18 ISTA. :6 P60. :32 B94:2 EP.B
EP.18 895: 1 801. : 14
B01.:15 BD4. :3 BV51B:6 B01. :4 BV51A:3
CE PlAN EST LA PRIPREE DE PPM. L t£ PM ErnE N REPRCOOT, N CMUIlE SANS t()TRE AIJfOOlSATni I TltS OOAWNi IS l1£ flROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED 00 REPROO!EO W!THOOT om AU1"I1OOllAlm
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C Verificateur : R.P.
I Date: 01112100 I Date: 18/0312002
INDICE : 0 PAGE:
137
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 1st 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10
I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 ! 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41 (LISTING DE FILS)
A
r-
B
-
(
-
D
-
E
FAISCEAU CABINETOUR CAB1NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CA8!NETGUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FIL
260 260
286 291 292 293 296 322 416
444 444 444 444 444
444 444 444 444 444 444 456 466 466 522
524 529 556 560
566
610 612 612 612 622
622 622 622 622 622 644 644
644 644 644
644
SECTION 1 TYPE 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2
ETUDE: 1371 EP.S. : MACHINE : 241210 -->
TENANT BR51E:4 EP .13 COIAR: 1 (PAV:3 CPAV: 1 BV50A:2 CDIAR:3 B02. :7 P60. :5 EP.56 EP.56 EP.56 EP.S7 EP.S7 EP.S7 EP.S1 EP.51 B01. :2 BD2. :2 B135: 10 BR52E:3 BV50A:6 EP.71 803. :3 EP,)7 B94:4
BR52F:4 (SAR: 1 B1J50A:8 (DEAR: 3 EP.35 EP.35 B95:4 B128:1 8128:3 EP.47 EP.47 B04.: 1 804. :2 EP.S8 EP.S8 EP.S8 EP.S8 EP.59 EP.59
ABOUTISSANT EP.13 P123. : 34 P123.:6 P123. :38 P123. :39 P123. :36 P123. :20 BR51F: 10 P12l.: 70 P123. :3 P123, :4 P123.:17 P123. ;31 P123, :32 P123.:45 P123.:18 P123. :46 EP.56 EP.S7 EP.51 IOOR:2 EP.71 P123.:46 ISTA. :2 P123. :63 P123. :25 8128: 13
P123. :21 EP.71 P123. :52 IE6T:1 IE6T:6 EP.35 EP.48 EP.48 P60. : 17 P60. :45 EP.47 EP.46 P123.:1 P123.:2 P123.:15 P123. : 16 P123. :29 P123. :30
FAISCEAU CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CA61NETOUR CABINETOUR CA61NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR (ABI NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETDUR (AB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR (ABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR (ABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR (ABINETOUR
RL
644 644
644 644 657 660 710
714 612 822 822 822 822
822 822 822 B87
922
922 922
944 944 944 944 960
960 960 987
1085 1085 1086
1160 1322 1322
1322 1322 1322
1322 1450 1450
1450 1508
1511 1622 1622
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
USTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELE[TRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L N: PEUT ETRE N REPROOlJT, .. C~ SANS NliRE A!J'l1R!SATot. I TItS DRAWN; IS Tl£ PRlFERTY OF PPM. IT IS
~T
SECTiON I TYPE 1 rnm2 1 mm2 2.5 mm2 2,5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0,6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1. 5 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 , mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
TENANT
ABOUTISSANT P123. :43 P123. :44 EP.S8 EP.59 8260:4 P123. :49 P123.:53 P123. :9 IEGT:5 EP.26 . EP.26 EP.26 EP.3 EP.3 EP.3 EP.26 P60. :20 BR55D:4
EP.59 EP,59 803. :2 803. :4 BX1.:24 (SAR:3 (oEAR; 1 6135:9 B95:7 BV50A: 1 BV50A:5 BV50A:7 CDEAR:2 CIRAV:2 601. :7 B01. : 11
CVDep:3 8D2.:10
EP.21 B02:11 (PAV:2 CSAR:2 CSAIJ:2 EP.69 BV51A: 1 BR51F: 15 EP.9 (VDCP: 1 BR52F: 10 BR52F: 11 BR52F:7 BR51F:1
581
BR51G: 15
EP.38 EP.38 EP.38 EP.38 EP.38 EP.38 EP .16 EP .16 P60.: 1
EP.21 EP.69
EP.69 EP.69 P123.:57 EP.9 EP.9 P123. :35
P60. : 21 BX1. : 14 8128:6
P60.: 44 BR51G: 12
BR60(:7 BX1. : 1 BX1. :4 BX1. : 12
B260:1 BR550: 12 8135: 1
EP.16 FFG. :6
P123.:64
P123. :66 EP.90 EP.90
FFG. :5
CMOCP:2 CMDCP:5
BE USED OR R£PROruCED wmIDUT 0lR AUTHORIZATot.
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: S.C Verificateur : RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 01112/00 18/03/2002
PAGE:
138
I
'"
2
I
3
4 \5
16 17
\8
19
Imlfl'~lalul~I~IVI~lwlwl~lnIBI~I~IUlnl~l~J~I~lnITII~I~I~1~1~1~1~IM
(LISTING DE FILS)
A
r-
B
-(
.......
D
-
E
FAISCEAU CABINETOUR CABINETQUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CA8I NETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CAB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CAB INETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CABINETOUR
PPM TEREX
CR 107366
F1L 1622 1622
1657 1657 1657 1714 1722 1722 1722 1729
1806 1813 1815 1818
1822 1822 1922
2065 2065 2065 2065
2065 2085 2220 2301
2322 2322 2322 2322 2450 2450 2450 2450 2465 2922 3065 3450 3465 3465 3722 3722
3722 3722
3722
3722
SECTION I TYPE 0.6 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1. 5 mm2 1 mm2 1.5 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mrn2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 1 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2 0.6 mm2
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S. : MACHINE : 241210 --> CE PlAN EST LA
fIR(fR£fE
TENANT (VDCP:2 BDZ. : 15 BR60C;10 8260:6
EP.72 8135: 7 BR51G:9 8R600:7 EP.S3 B94:5 CACL :3 FFG. :2 FFG. ;4 CACL ; 1 BD2, :8
B02, :9 BR550: 1 8R60C:15 8128:7 B128:9
8260:9 EP.27 BX1. : 13 B01,: 13 8237:-BR60C:9
ABOUTISSANT EP.90 EP.90 EP.72 EP.72 P124:1 P123. :65 EP.S3 EP.5] P123.:58 P123, :37 P123, :23 P123,:67 P123. :69 P123. :24 BR600:8 P60. : 33 BX1. : 5
EP.27 EP.27 EP.27 EP.27 P60. :6 8128:15 B95: 13
BR60(:11
B260:3 B260:7 BR55D:6 BR55D:11 8135: 14 EP.17 S81 BX1. :6 ITFL: 1 BR55D:8 BR52E:4 EP.14 BV50A:3 CPARO:2 CPARG:2 CPAVO:2 (PAVG:2 CPP:2
IV:1 EP.63 EP.63 EP.63 EP.63 EP .17 EP .17 EP.17 P60. :2 562 B135:8
P60,:19 BX1. : 23 EP .14 S82 EP.6 EP.6 EP.6 EP.6 EP.6 EP.6
FAISCEAU CABINETOUR CAB INETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CAB INET OUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CAB!NETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR CABINETOUR
RL 3722 3965
CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CAB INTPORT CABINTPORT CAB INTPORT CAB INTPORT CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CAB1NTPORT CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CABINTPORT CAB INT PORT CABINTPORT (ABINTPORT CAB INTPORT CABINTPORT
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLUE BLUE BLUE 8LUE
4065 4322 4722 4722 4722 5065 5322 7545 6545 8722
9102 9103 9104
9104 9104 9106
9107 9196
15 15 1S 15
301 301
301 301 315 315
315 315
CABINTTOUR 11 CABINTTOUR 15 CABINTTOUR 15
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
IE PPK. L t£ PEUT ETRE N REPIm..lT. N mtU«l£ SANS t1)TRE AUTOOISATDt I THS OOAWHi IS Tf£ PR
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
LISTING DE FILS
ATUM/3 ELECTRIC FILE
WIRES LISTING
CE PLAN EST LA ~E DE PPM. L t£ PEUT EffiE N REPImlT. N (atI.NlE SANS t«lTRE AIlTOOISATm. I
ms OOAWNlIS TtE PROPERTY CF PPH. IT IS KlT BE USED 00 REPRCru.ED WlllWT M
ATT400/3 a.c.
Dessinateur: AUTrmIlATm
Verificateur : RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 28/0212002 14/0312002
PAGE:
145
2 I 3
"-,1
4 151617 \8 19 IID\fll~laIU'~I~IVI~lwt~I~lnIBIUI~lUIVI~J~I~I~I~ITII~I~I~1~1~1~1~1~
(COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS) ITEM ABS ADM A1 A2. i A2.2 A3 AS
A
I--
A6
BAT 1 BAT2 BV1 BV2
B
BV3
BV50 6V51 81
-
B2
C
-
-
06341678 E6341679 X
X Q6641609 N6441852 N6441852 R6851531 R9351516 T9351516 U6651534 M2451558 E8441349 E8441349
B3
E8441349
08441348 H6141651 J6741607 A6252274
CI-BR51 CI-BR52 [ I-BR55 C! -BR60 CI1 (12 [14
E
56541860
64 CEC (EL1 CI-BR7 (I-BR8 Cl-BR9 CI-BR10 (I-BR20 CI-BR21 CI-BRn CI-BR23 CI-BR24 Cl-BR25
D
PPM PIN F6641623 B6541822
CI7 CI8 El1D El1M ERO ERM ETR
Z6252273
Z6252273 Z6252273
A6252274 A6252274 A6252274 A6252274
A6252274 Z6252273 A6252274 A6252274 Z6252273 Z6252273 S2440615 K2440608 52440615 Q7552248 07552248 K6643674
K6643674 K6643674
K6643674 K6643674
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FUNCTION ABS ELECTRONIC UNIT ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT ZF ELECTRONIC UNIT TRANSMISSION CONTROL TRANSMISSION CONTROL GEAR BOX ZF DIAGNOSTIC PLUG DISPLAY 12V BATTERY 12V BATTERY 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 6 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL ENGINE SPEED SENSOR TURBINE SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR DS350C L.M. I. PANEL MEGACOMP L.M.!. PANEL 2 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD DIODE BOARD DIODE BOARD DIODE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD WINCH DOWN WINCH UP BOOM HOIST DOWN BOOM HOIST UP TELESCOPE RETRACTION
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.s. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION BOITIER ELECTRONIQUE ABS BOITIER ELECTRONIOUE ADM BOITIER ELECTRONIOUE EST 37 SELECTEUR DE VITESSES 07 SELECTEUR DE VITESSES 09
SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER
SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER
PAGE 21
3 39 39 53
39 39
PRISE DIAGNOSTIC ZF AFFICHEUR BATTERIE 12V - 170 AH CHARGEE BATTERIE 12V - 170 AH CHARGEE COMBINE 8 VOYANTS MOTEUR COMBINE 8 VOYANTS DIVERS COMBINE 8 VOYANTS ECLAIRAGE COMBINE 6 VOYANTS HORIZONTAL COMBINE 8 VOYANTS HORIZONTAL GENERATEUR 0' IMPULSIONS GENERATEUR D' IMPULSIONS GENERATEUR O'IMPULSIONS GENERATEUR D'IMPULSIONS CONSOLE CONTROLEUR ETAT DE CHARGES CONSOLE CONTROLEUR ETAT DE CHARGES CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS CIRCUIT !MPRIME 2 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RElAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RElAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELA1S CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS CIRCUIT IMPRIME 18 DIODES CIRCUIT IMPRIME 18 DIODES CIRCUIT lMPRIME 18 DIODES CIRCUIT IMPRIME 34 FUSIBLES CIRCUIT IMPRIME 34 FU51BLE5 VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES (OMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
[OMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF [ONNECTORS
CE PlAN EST LA PR!JlRETE Il: PPH. L t£ mIT ETRE N REFRI'lllT. N C{)MJIJ£ SANS f«l1RE AUTCRSATm I'llIS DRAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY IF fflllT IS tm BE USED 00 REPROOJ:ED wmo.rr 0lR AU1'li.:R!ZATm
39 3 3 10 10 14 54 53
39 39 39 39
68 69 12 16
27 11 30 18
24 21 19
25 54 64 67 64
30 9 30 5 50
64 65
65 65
64
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: Verificateur:
B.C RP.
I Date:
I Date:
INDICE : 0 26/fJ/OO 18/03/2002
PAGE:
150
"-11213
415161718 19
1~lftI2IaIUI~I~IVI~lwlwl~lnIBI~I~lulnl~I~I~I~lnITII~I~I~ITII~IEI~I~
(COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS) A
ITEM ETS E2
PPM PIN K6643674 06541893
E5 E6 E7
06541893
E8 E10 E11 E31
'--
E42
B
r--
C
r-
E43 E44 E49 E74 E75 E93 E94 E101 E102 E103 E104 E105 E106 E107 E184 E185 E190 E191 E192 E193 E194
~
E
E195 E196 E197 E200 E201 E206 E233 E234 E236 E237 FMR F1 F2
F3
H6641632 H6641832 06541893 06541893 06541893 06541893
E6541694 H6641832 H6641832 D6541893 H6641832
H6641832 H6641832 H6641632 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 D6541893 D6541893 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H6641832 H66ti1832 H6641832 H6641832
A6541821
02641265 V2641270 R2641266
PPM TEREX CR 107366
FUNCTION TELESCOPE EXTENSION INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL FRONT AXLE LOCKING FRONT SUSPENSION RELEASING REAR SUSPENSION RELEASING REAR STEERING RELEASING EXHAUST BRAKE REAR STEERING LOCKING FRONT AXLE RELEASING TURRET AIR POWER LEFT REAR STEERING RIGHT REAR STEERING CHOKE AUXI LlARY WINCH AUXI L!ARY WINCH SECTION 2 TELESCOPE RETRACTION SECTION 3 AND 4 TELESCOPE RETRACTION (W DOWN cw UP VERROUILLAGE CONTRE-POIDS DEVERROUILLAGE CONTRE-POIOS ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING ROTATION LOCKING ROTATION RELEASING AUTOMATIC LEVEL SUSPENSION DOWN FRONT LEFT PAD FRONT LEFT BEAM FRONT RIGHT PAD FRONT RIGHT BEAM REAR lEFT PAD REAR LEFT BEAM REAR RIGHT PAD REAR RIGHT BEAM BEAMS I PADS OUT BEAMS I PAOS IN PRESSURE LIMIT QUICK PRESSURE RELEASING REAR SUSPENSION BALANCING CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW CUT OFF TURRET ROTATION FLOW FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT FUSE FUSE FUSE
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.s. : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION VALVE DE eOUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W SOBINE 26VOC BOBINE 26VDC BOBINE 28vee SOBINE 28vee SOBINE 26VOC SOSINE 26VOC SOBINE 26VOC SOBINE 26VOC BOBINE 24VD( HAUTES TOLERANCES BOBINE 28V(( SaBINE 28vee SaBINE 26VOC BOBINE 28vee BOBINE 28vec BOBINE 28VCC BOBINE 28vee BOBINE 28vee BOBINE 28vec SOBINE 28Ve( BOBINE 2evee BOBINE 28vee BOBINE 26VDe SOBINE 26VOC BOBINE 28vec BOBINE 28vee BOBINE 28vce BOBINE 2avee BOBINE 2avcc BOSINE 2avec BOBINE 28vce BOBINE 28vec BOBINE 28vee BOBINE 28Ve( BOBINE 28vec BOBINE 2avce BOBINE 2aV(e SOBINE 28vee BOBINE 28vec BOBINE 28vce BOBINE 28vce BOITIER ELECTRONIOUE FMR FUSIBLE THERHIQUE 6A REARHABlE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABlE
SUPPLIER
I
PART NUMBER
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
REFERENCES (OMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
[OHPONENTS PART NUI1BER OUT OF CONNECTORS
CE PLAN EST LA PRtPRETE (£ PPI1. L tE PM ETRE N REPROO.JT. N cntu«lE SANS M)TR€ AUTOOISATm I TliS OOAWHi IS TtE PRCfERTY OF PPK.IT IS tflT BE lm 00 REPROIl.(E(} WlTJi:lUT OCR ~mL
SUPPLIER
I
PART NUMBER
PAGE 65
23 22 18
18 24 7
24 22 34
24 24 11
66 66 67 67 35 35
62 62
66 66 66
19 20 30 30 30 30 30
30 30
30
31 31
31 20 19 19
35 3 6
6 6
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: S.C Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
27/ID/OO 18/0312002
INDICE : 0 PAGE: 151
~1
2 I 3
41516171819 Imlfl
l~talul~I~IVl~lwlwl~lnIBlul~IUlvl~t~I~I~lnlnl~I~I~I~I~I~I~IM
(COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS) ITEM F4 F5
A
F6
F7 F8
-
F9
F10 F11 F12 F13
FH
B
F15
F16 F17 F18 F19
-
F20 F21
C
-
F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28 F30 F32 F33 F34 MR PBSG RT1
-
E
R1 R1-BR7 R1-BRB R1-BR9 R1-BR10 R1-BR20 R1-BR21 R1-BR22 R1-BR23 R1-BR24 R1-BR25 R1-BR51 R1-BR52 R1-BR60
PPM PIN
FUNCTION FUSE FUSE 52641267 FUSE V2641Z70 FUSE S2641267 FUSE R2641266 FUSE R2641266 FUSE FUSE R2641266 V2641270 FUSE FUSE 52641267 R2641266 FUSE V2641270 FUSE V2641270 FUSE V2641270 FUSE 52641267 FUSE 02641265 FUSE 02641265 FUSE V2641270 FUSE Q2641265 FUSE V2641270 FUSE RZ641266 FUSE R2641266 FUSE (2641276 FUSE FUSE V2641270 (2641276 FUSE FUSE R2641266 R2641266 FUSE R2641266 FUSE SVT W MOT ENGINE ELECTRONIC UNIT X FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX X2641272 WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER L2641215 FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER R6141107 CARRIER TRANSMISSION (ONTROL NEUTRAL L2641215 HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTRIGGERS PERMISSION L2641215 L264~1215 ZF HARNESS POWER T6141109 BEAMS OR PADS SELECTION T6141109 FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING-RELEASING T6141109 REAR STEERING LOCKING-RELEASING ABS ACTIVED R6141107 SUSPENSION DOWN R6141107 l2641215 REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION R6141107 FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING R6141107 SEAT SAFETY SWITCH L2641215 BOOM HOIST UP
U2641269 V2641270
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: E.P.S. :
1371
MACHINE: 241210
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION FUSIBLE PLAT 40A FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 20A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 20A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABlE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERM10UE 20A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABlE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 1SA REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 20A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 6A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 6A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE PLAT 30A FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABlE FUSIBLE PLAT 30A FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABlE BOITIER ELECTRON10UE MOTEUR FAISCEAU ELECTRIOUE 7 x 1 MMZ - LGR 9M TEMPORISATEUR RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT RELA1S BISTABLE 4RT RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT RElAIS INSTANTANE 4RT RElAIS INSTANTANE 4RT RELAIS lNSTANTANE 1RT
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 -->
ATT40013 ELE[TRIC RLE
SUPPLIER
I
PART NUMBER
REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
[OMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNE[TORS wmwr om AUll-KJID.TDt
CE PlAN EST LA PR
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0.6 BAR PEDALE ACCELERATEUR CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS ABAS(ULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE CAPTEUR DE PRESSION CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A ELINGUE BOITIER DERIVATION CAN CONTACTEUR OEMARRAGE A CLE (ONTACTEUR A PIED GENERATEUR O'lMPUlSIONS BOUTON COUP DE POING DEMARREUR 24V RELAIS DE BATTERIES CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0-10B I ALERTE 5,28 CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE INDICATEUR DE (OLMATAGE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(UlE COMPTE-TOURS I HORAMETRE COMBINE PRESSION AIR FREINS AV ET AR FllTRE GAS-OIL I SEPARATEUR EAU DETECTEUR DE PROXIMITE 3 FILS/D18/SMM/NO CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS[ULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS[ULE (ONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE (ONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCUlE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE INTERRUPTEUR Z POSITIONS A BASCULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE PLAFONNIER CENTRAL CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE INTERRUPTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE PlAFONNIER GAUCHE CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE (ONTACTEUR (OMMANDE AU PIED CONTACTEUR DE POSITION APOUSSOIR
SUPPLIER
I
55
57 55 69
70 7 3 7 9 11 3 3
9 18 53
53
9 9
37 25 21 56
56 56 56 56 52 62
32 58
57 58
57 66 66 66 32 23 28
64 64
ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE
COMPONENTS PART NUHBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
REPROOIlf, MCIJtlJN(l£ SANS t«>TRE AUTOOISATm I TItS
~WNi
IS il£ PROflERTY OF PPH.IT IS OOT BE USED ~ REPRmXX:EO wmnrr
PAGE
PART NUMBER
54 54
REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
~
I
17 7
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
CE PLAN EST LA PR
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION PLAFONNIER DROIT BOITIER FIN DE COURSE INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS ABAS(ULE VOYANT VERT VOYANT ROUGE FEU OJ IDENTIFICATION BLANC (ONTACTEUR (OMMANDE AU PIED BUZZER SON CONTINU CAPTEUR DE PRESSION FEU D'IDENTIFICATION BLANC CONTACTEUR DE POSITION APOU5S0lR NF (ONTACTEUR DE POSITION APOU5SOlR NF CAPTEUR ANGLE ET LONGUEUR CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A POU5S0lR NO BOlTE A (ONTACTEURS NUE COMMUTATEUR 5 POSITIONS A LEV!ER
SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER
SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER
PAGE 32 64 33 37 37 33
59 10 69
33 22 23 69
24 26 26
38
INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE RALENTI5SEUR ELECTRIQUE BUZZER SON CONTINU BUZZER SON INTERMITTENT KIT RESISTANCE EPURATEUR CONVERTISSEUR DE TENSION 24V/12V PRISE 12V OU 24V PRISE 12V OU 24V
38 26
17 17
37 32 32 32
38 AUTO-RADIO HAUT-PARLEUR (1 PAIRE) HAUT-PARLEUR (1 PAIREl BUZZER SON INTERMITTENT BUZZER SON CONTINU CONTACTEUR DE PORTE CONTACTEUR DE PORTE MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLACE COMMUTATEUR 5 POSITIONS A LEVIER TEMPORISATEUR EMBRAYAGE ElECTROMAGNETIQUE EQUIPE CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A POUSSOIR NF BIDON LAVE-GLACE AVEC POMPE BOUTON COUP DE POING INDICATEUR DE DEBIT COMMUTATEUR DE DEMARRAGE A ClE INTERRUPTEUR DE POSITION AGALET CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE MOTEUR ESSUIE-GlACE
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
COHPONENTS PART NUHBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
CE PI.AH EST LA PR
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLACE PROJECTEUR DE TRAVAIL TYPE 'MATADOR' BIDON LAVE-GLACE AVEC POMPE PLAFONNIER TRANS!STORISE 24V/13W CONVERTISSEUR DE TENSION 24V/12V AUTO-RADIO HAUT-PARLEUR HAUT-PARLEUR VENTILATEUR INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(UlE FEU ECLAIRAGE PLAQUE BUZZER SON INTERMITTENT ALLUME-CI GARES AVERTISSEUR SONORE BOITIER DE COMMANDE ENSEMBLE COMPACT FEU ROTATIF A FIXATION TUBULAIRE FEU ROTATIF A FIXATION TUBULAIRE POTENTIOMETRE POTENT IOMETRE TETE A SERRURE 2 pas I 1 ARAPPEL O-G CORPS COMPlET A 2 CONTACTS NO CONTACT NO BOUTON POUSSOIR + CORPS A 1 CONTACT NO INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCUlE SONDE TYPE DAYS 601 SONDE TYPE DAVS 601 ENROULEUR CEC I LWG 208 POTENTIOMETRE CAPTEUR O'ANGLE BLOC DE JONCTION UNITAIRE FILTRE ANTIPARASITAGE FEU 0' IDENTIFICATION BLANC CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A ELINGUE BOUTON TOURNANT 2 POSITIONS FIXES PRISE 7 CONTACTS CAPTEUR INDUCTIF 2 FILS COUDE CAPTEUR INDUCTIF 2 FILS COUDE CAPTEUR INDUCTIF 2 FILS COUDE CAPTEUR INOUCTIF 2 FilS COUOE MODUlATEUR ElECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE MODULATEUR ELECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE MODULATEUR ElECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE MODULATEUR ELECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE PEDALE ACCELERATEUR
SUPPLIER f PART NUMBER
PAGE 57 57
58 58
58
58 56
58 58
27 60 35 59 16 37
37 33 33 69 69 63 63 63
63 37 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 70 71 71 70 21
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 53
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES (OMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE
COMPONENTS PART NUHBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. l t£ PEUT ErnE It REPROOlIT. It (!HI.N(lE SANS I«>TRE AUTOOISATOt I TItS DRAWNj IS TtE PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS I«>T BE USED 00 REPROW:ED WITHOUT
SUPPLIER / PART NUMBER
om AtJTtmiZATl(Jtt
ATT400/3 Dessmateur: S.C VCrificateur : RP.
I Date: 04112/00
I Date:
18/0312002
INDICE : 0 PAGE: 157
~
12 13
4 15 \6 \7 '8 19 lro,~ 1~laIU'~j~IVlWI~I~I~lnIBI~I~IU'VI~l~I~I~I~ITII~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS) A
65241361
5259
X
T1 T2
R2641266 02641265 R2641266 Q2641265 V2641270 52641267
13
r-
14
TS T7 T8
B
X6541681
Q2641265
T9
VZ641270
T11
R2641266 R2641266 R2641266 R2641266 V6641890
T12
Tn T18
U1 Y7 ZF1 ZF2
!--
PPM PIN
ITEM S257 5258
X 07552260
H7552264
FUNCTION UP AND DOWN CW SWITCH WINCH SENSOR SEAT SENSOR FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE FUSE ELECTRICAL SWIVEL LOCK-UP ZF WIRING HARNESS ZF WIRING HARNESS
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE BOITIER FIN DE COURSE CAPTEUR ASSISE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABlE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 6A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERM!QUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 6A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 20A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 6A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 15A REARMABlE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABLE COLLECTEUR 50 BAGUES EQUIPE
SUPPLIER
I
PART NUMBER
SUPPLIER
I
PAGE
PART NUMBER
62 64
64 51 51
51 51 51
SO 52 52
52 52 51
52 30
39
FAISCEAU CABINE PORTEUR ZF FAISCEAU BOlTE VITESSES ZF
39 39
C
-
-
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: EP.S. :
1371
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE MACHINE: 241210 --> CE PUN EST LA PROPRETE a: PPM. L t£ PEUT EYRE N REPtmJT. N (()tUIX£ SANS OOTRE AtrrOOlSATDi I 111$ ORAWNi IS n£ PROPERTY OF PPM. rr IS ooT BE lJSEI) ~ REPROOX:EO wmnrr ~ AUTHOOIZAlOt
ATT400j3 Dessinateur: B.C. Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date;
INDICE : 0 27/03/01 18/0312002
PAGE:
158
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 t 15 1 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 J 331 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
~
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS) ITEM AOM1 ADM2 ADM' AM BABS BABS2 BA1 SA2 BD1
A
I--
B01. B02
B BD2.
B03. BD4 804. BD5 806 BRT1
-
BR1 BR7E BR7F BR7G BR8C BR8D BR9C BR9D BR10C BR10D BR20E
[
~
BR20F BR20G
-
E
BRZ1E BR21F BR21G BRl2E BR22F BR22G BR23E BR23F BR23G BR24E BR24F BR24G BR25C BR25D BR51E BR51F BR51G BR52E BR52F
FUNCTION ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT ENGINE SHUT-DOWN ASS ELECTRONIC UNIT ASS ELECTRONIC UNIT RADIO RADIO FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD FUSE BOARD WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD 2 RELAY BOARD
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 EPS : MACHINE: 241210 -->
TERMINALS AND SPLICES
TERMINALS AND SPLICES CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22
CONNECTOR CONNECTEUR 15 VOlES : T 63407-03 CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES: U 63407-04 CONNECTEUR 9 VOlES : R 63407-01
PAGE 11
9 3 52
X
CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR
15 VOlES : M63407-20 18 VOlES: U 63407-04 8 VOlES : AMP 962189-1 6 VOlES : AMP 962191-1 HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50
X X
CONTACTS 0.5 b 1 mm2 : CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 0 2.5 mm2 ; U 61409-26 CONTACTS HALES 2.8 mm I 0.5 0 1 mm2 : AMP 928930~1 CONTACTS HALES 2.8 mm I 0.5 0 1 mm2 : AMP 928930-1 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39
CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 0 2.5 mm2 : U 61409-26
21 21
CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS
32 32
MALES 2.8 MALES 2.8 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 : 2.5 mm2 :
mm I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : AMP 928781-1 mm I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : AMP 928781-1 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40 M03409-40
6 51
6 51
50 5
52 21
3 57 57 12 12 12
X
CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES; F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03401-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50
CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU ; V 03409-48 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 ; L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 ; L 03409~39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39
CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409~40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409~40 CONTACTS 2.5 rnm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40
16
17 31 18 11
12 30 34 34 18 18
18
24 24 24 21 7
20 19 19
19 25 35 54 54 52 64 64
IFOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATT4oo13 ELECTRIC FILE
CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRIETE DE PPM. L t£ PElJT ErnE N REPRCOOT, HI (CftUQ.E SANS t«lTRE AUTOOISATDi I TItS DRAWN] IS Tr£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS t«lT BE USED 00 REPROOO:ED WffiIDUT M AUTHORIZATQt.
ATT400/3 I
Dessinateur: B.C Verif:icateur: RP.
INDICE
Date: 19/09/00
I Date:
18/0312002
PAGE:
..
A 175
f'.: I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS) ITEM
A BR55D
BR60C BR600 BTF BUZ BUZl ,...-BVFD BVGO BV1A BV1B BV2A B BV2B BV3A BV3B BV50A BV50B
-
BV51A BV51B
BX1 BX1.
BX2 81.
B2.
C 82, . 830 832
B35 B37
-
B38
839 842 842, B53
B54
855
856 B60 661 B66
-
B94 895
FUNCTION 5 RELAY BOARD 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR EXISTANT BOOM HEAD CONNECTING BOX ENGINE WARNING LIGHT REAR FOG LIGHT AUDIBLE ALARM REO FUEL INDICATOR WHITE FUEL INDICATOR 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 6 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LI GHTS PANEL 8 U GHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 II GHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL ENGINE ELECTRONIC UNIT L.M.I. PANEL l.M. i. PANEL BOOH LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM BOOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM BOOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM BLINKERS UNIT SPEEDOMETER IGNITION-STARTING SWITCH DIODE BOARD DIODE BOARD SPEEDOMETER ROOF CAB FUNCTIONS ROOF CAB FUNCTIONS FUEL GAUGE I CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE BRAKING AIR PRESSURE CAB FAN all PRESSURE/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE DIODE BOARD DIODE BOARD CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE TRANSMISSION CONTROL X
695.
X
8104 8123 8125
HEATER ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER TURRET GENERAL WARNING
8126
X X X
E 6126. B126 6128. 8131
CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES ; Z 12407-80 (ONNECTEUR 6 VOlES : Z 12407-80 (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407~80 (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONNECTEUR 16 VOlES : E 61407-97 (ONNECTEUR 24 VOlES : S 61407-17 [ONNECTEUR 24 VOlES : S 61407-17
TERMINALS AND SPLICES CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40
PAGE 67 64 61 68
CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 rom2 ; K 03409-15 CLIP FEMElLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 CLlP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 ; K 03409-15 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409~15 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 CONTACTS : P 61409-21 CONTACTS 0,32 0 0.5 mm2 : L 03409-85 CONTACTS 0.32 0 0.5 mm2 : L 03409-85
10 17 37 37 10 10 9
10 14 15
54 66
53 66 3 63
CONTACTS 0.75 0 1.5 mm2 : M03409~86 CONTACTS 0.75 0 1.5 mm2 : M03409-86
68
X
68
X
68 69
X
CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES ; l 03407-55
CLIP FEHELlE 6,35 A VERROU : V 03409-48
14
X
X
(ONNECTEUR 5 VOlES: P 12407-94 (ONNECTEUR MALE lS VOlES: F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50
CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : F 03409-60 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 ; l 03409-39
X
X
CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : X 12407-79 (ONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : X 12407-79 CONNECTEUR MALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-85 CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES: X 12407-79 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83 CONNECTEUR MALE 12 VOlES : S 03407-61 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES ; G 03401-51 (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : L 03401·78 CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : M03407-79
CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N 03409-41 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CONTACTS ; C 03409-77 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CLIP FEMElLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N03409-41 CLIP FEMElLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 CLIP FEMEllE 6,35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mml : K 03409-15 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 x CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N03409-41 (LIP FEHELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48
9 3 9 9 9 32
X
ETUDE: 1371 E.PS: MACHINE: 241210 -->
TERMINALS AND SPLICES CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 ; L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 : L 03409-39 X
CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : H 03407-79
X 24V/12V CONVERTER
PPM TEREX CR 107366
CONNECTOR (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407~50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50
(ONNECTEUR HALE is VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83
CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; P 03409-42 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40
32 10
9 36 9 30 30 10 53 57
CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42
57 59 57 53
58 58 66
66 58
IFOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ArT4OO13 ELECTRIC FILE
CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
CE PlAN EST LA PRIFRETE DE PPH.l t£ PEUT me tf RePROOJr." (CJtU«lE SANS NOTRE AUTOOIS/,rm I TItS OOAWNi IS TI£ PRCfERTY OF PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED m REPImXED W!TtDJT M AUTOORlZATm
ATT400j3 Dessinateur: B.C. Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00 18/0312002
PAGE:
176
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
~
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS) ITEM
A
24V/12V CONVERTER
6134A
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT PANEL (ONTROl FRONT PANEL (ONTROL RADIO DIODE BOARD DIODE BOARD 24V/1ZV CONVERTER 24Vf12V CONVERTER TACHOMETER I HOURMETER CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW RETARDER CONTROL U GHTI NG SW ITCH Ll GHTI NG SW ITCH WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER AIR FILTER CLOGGING WINDSCREEN WIPER CAB FAN HYDRAULIC Oil COOLER L.M.1. OVERRIDE L.M.1. OVERRIDE CAB-FUEL SELECTION BOX CONNECTION CAB-FUEL SELECTION BOX CONNECTION MANUAL THROTTLE SWITCH MANUAL THROTTLE SWITCH SUSPENSION DOWN SWITCH CAN CONNECTING UNIT IGNITION-STARTING SWITCH REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH REAR STEERING SWITCH FRONT INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH REAR STEERING SWITCH INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH WINDSCREEN WASHER SWITCH UP AND DOWN (W SWITCH RIGHT REAR OUTRIGGER SWITCH lEFT REAR OUTRIGGER SWITCH FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH RIGHT FRONT OUTRIGGER SWITCH LEFT FRONT OUTRIGGER SWITCH (ONTACTEUR POUTRES I PAT INS REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH
B135 6135.
r--
8138 8150 8151 8153
B 6154
8162 B163 8182
8185 8186 8187
r--
B188 8189
6194 6195 B237
C 6250
8260
6260. 8320 B320.
CACC CACe. (AFFAL CAN
-
co
CDEAR CDEVAR COIAR CDIFAV CDIRAR
(IRAV
CLG (MOCP CPARD CPARG (PAV (PAV. CPAVO E CPAVG CPP CSAR (SAV
I--
FUNCTION
8132 B133 6134 B134.
CEILING LIGHT
CONNECTOR (ONNECTEUR FEMEllE 2 VOlES : T 12407-06 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83
X X
TERMINALS AND SPLICES CLIP MALE 6.3 AVERROU : G03409-35 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48
TERMINALS AND SPLICES
PAGE 58
58
57 57 57
X X
X
CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 (ONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83 CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 2 VOlES : T 12407-06 CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : E 63407-36 (ONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : X 12407-79 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-63 CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : N03407-80 CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES : R 12407-96 CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : S 12407-97 CONNECTEUR 7 VOlES : B 61407-02 CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : l 03407-55 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : l 03407-76 CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES: S 00407-49 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : L 03407-78 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES ; l 03407-78 CONNECTEUR MALE 9 VOlES : a 12407-03 CONNECTEUR FEMElLE 9 VOlES : U 03407-63 (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407~50 (ONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES : U 63407-04
CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : l03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : N03409-41 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP MALE 6.3 A VERROU : G 03409-35 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : F 03409-57 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : G 03409-81 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : G 03409-81 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : H 03409-82 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N03409 41 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mmZ : N03409-41 [LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-46 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22
CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42
52
52 58
30 30 32
32 9
10 10 26 14
15 32 32
10
32 58 61
63 63
w
CONTACTS 2.5 mmZ : M03409-40 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42
37 37
27 53 19
8 52
X
(ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES VOlES
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 VI 63407-06 'II 63407-06
CLIP CLIP CLIP CLIP CLIP (LIP CLIP (LIP CLIP CLIP (liP CLIP CLIP CLIP CLIP CLIP CLIP
FEMELLE FEMELlE FEMELLE FEMELlE FEMEllE FEMELLE FEMELLE FEMELLE FEMELLE FEMELLE FEMEllE FEMEllE FEMELLE FEHELLE FEHElLE FEMELlE FEMELLE
6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6,35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35
A VERROU A VERROU AVERROU A VERROU AVERROU A VERROU A VERROU A VERROU A VERROU A VERROU A VERROU A VERROU A VERROU AVERROU AVERROU A VERROU A VERROU
: V 03409-46 : V 03409-48 : V 03409-48 : V 03409-48 : V 03409-48 : V 03409-48 ; V 03409-48 : V 03409-48 : V 03409-46 : V 03409-46 : V 03409-48 : V03409-48 : V 03409-46 : V03409-46 ; V 03409-46 : V 03409-46 : V 03409-48
55 24 55 23
24 54 58 62
56 56 54 22
56 56 56 54 54
IFOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S, : MACHINE : 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ATT40013 ELE[TRIC FILE
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS [OMPOSANTS [ONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF [OI1PONENTS wrnror OOR AtJTH(RZATOt
CE PlAN EST LA PRI:PRETE DE PPM. l t£ PEUT ETRE tI REPROOJT, N (Iltt.m..f SANS N,rrne AUTMISATDlI 1HS OOAWHi ts TIE PR(FERTY IF PPM. IT ts NJT BE USED ~ REPROru:EO
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C Verificateur : R.P.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00 18/03/2002
PAGE:
177
".,11 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 J 8 1 9 J 10 J 111 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 J 40 J 41
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS) ITEM
A (SPT
(SUSP eVDCP DIAG E2 E5
-
E6 E7 E8 E10
B
E11 E31 E42
E43 E44 E49
£74
E75
I"-
E93
E94 E101 E102 E103
(
E104 E105 E106 E107 E184
i--
£185 E190
E191 E192
E193
D
E194 E195
E196 E197 E200 E201
E206 E233 E234 E236 E237 FFG FFG. E FL
c--
FL.
FL1 FL1.
FUNCTION
CARRIER I TURRET SELECTION SWITCH SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH CW LOCK I RELEASE SWITCH MERCEDES DIAGNOSTIC PLUG INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL FRONT AXLE LOCKING FRONT SUSPENSION RELEASING REAR SUSPENSION RELEASING REAR STEERING RELEASING EXHAUST BRAKE REAR STEERING LOCKING FRONT AXLE RELEASING TURRET AIR POWER LEFT REAR STEERING RIGHT REAR STEERING CHOKE AUXI LlARY WINCH AUX ILiARY WINCH SECTION 2 TELESCOPE RETRACTION SECTION 3 AND 4 TELESCOPE RETRACTION (W DOWN (W UP VERROUILLAGE CONTRE-POIOS DEVERROUILLAGE (ONTRE-POIDS ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING ROTATION LOCKING ROTATION RELEASING AUTOMATIC LEVEL SUSPENSION DOWN FRONT LEFT PAD FRONT LEFT BEAM FRONT RIGHT PAD FRONT RIGHT BEAM REAR LEFT PAD REAR LEFT BEAM REAR RIGHT PAD REAR RIGHT BEAM BEAMS I PADS OUT BEAMS I PADS IN PRESSURE LIMIT QUICK PRESSURE RELEASING REAR SUSPENSION BALANCING CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW CUT OFF TURRET ROTATION FLOW THROTTLE PEDAL THROTTLE PEDAL
CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR
10 10 10 14
VOlES ~ VOlES : VOlES: VOlES ;
CONNECTOR W63407-06 W63407-06 W63407-06 G 61407-99
(ONNECTEUR 9 VOlES: F 61407-98 (ONNECTEUR 9 VOlES : F 61407-98
X X X X
TERMINALS AND SPLICES CLIP FEMELLE 6,35 A VERROU ; V 03409-46 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU ; V 03409-48 CONTACTS : S 61409-24 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; U 12407-76 (ABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B ; T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12'07~76 (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407~76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407~76 (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; U 12407-76 CONTACTS : R 61409-23 CONTACTS : R 61409-23
TERMINALS AND SPLICES
PAGE 34 18
62 3 23
22 18 18
24 7
24 22 34 24 24 11
66
66 67 67 35 35 62 62
66 66 66 19 20
30
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 31 31
20 19 19 35
7 53
70 71 71 71
X X X X
1FOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 EP.S, : MACHINE: 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
CONNECTORS PART NUHBER OUT OF [OI1PONENTS
CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE IE PPtll tE PE'JT ErnE N REPRalJT. N (1ltt.W.£ SANS t«llRE AllTOOISATOt I TItS DRAWNi IS 11£ PROPERTY (J= PPf't IT IS tIlT BE USED DR REPfmm) WlnroT om AlffiKJRIZArot
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C Verificateur: RP,
I Date: t Date:
INDICE : 0 30/10/00 18/03/2002
PAGE:
178
"-.1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS) ITEM FL2 FL2. FMR1 FHR2 FMR3 FMR4 I-lABS IOETR IDOR IEGAV IEGT B IFBAR IGIRO lPT A
IRO
;...-
(
ISG ISTA ISTA. ITFL IV IVOR J8(C. MS M10 M15
H2O PABS PABSR PASSR, PA1L PA1R PA2l PA2R PBSG D PUO PUM PMM PMM. PR PRO I-PRM PTR PTS P1
-
P1.
PS
E P5. P8 P15 P15.
FUNCTION
TERMINALS AND SPLICES
CONNECTOR
TERMINALS AND SPLICES
PAGE
X X
X X
FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT ASS OFF ROAD SELECTION SWITCH HAZARD SWITCH ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING SWITCH FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH ROTATING BEACON SWITCH WORKING LIGHT SWITCH MIRROR DEFROST SWITCH FUEL SELECTION SWITCH OUTRIGGERS SWITCH OUTRIGGERS SWITCH AUXILIARY WINCH SELECTION SWITCH FAN SWITCH ROTATION LOCK / RELEASE SWITCH JONCTION BOITIERS COMHANDE ET COMPACT CAB GROUND TURRET GROUND CAB GROUND BATTERIES GROUND
CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR [ONNE(TEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR
18 VOlES : U 63407-04 16 VOlES : U 63407-04 15 VOlES : T 63407-03 18 VOlES : U 63407-04 10 VOlES : W63407-06 11 VOlES: o 63407-12 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : VI 63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES ; W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES : W63407-06 10 VOlES: W63407-06 10 VOlES: W63407-06 6 VOlES : T 00407-50
71
71 9 11 7 3
CONTACTS ; 0 61409-22 CONTACTS : 0 61409-22 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 CLIP FEHElLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 (liP fEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP FEMELlE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 CLIP MALE 6.3 A VERROU : G 03409-35 COSSE DIA 10 I 42 0 60 mmZ : T 00409-34 (OSSE DIA 10 I 25 ~ 35 mm2 :
21 14 66 57 57 17 33 57 38 37 27 52 66 58 66
37 50 50 50 3 21 21 21 21
X
COSSE DIA 10 I 10
a 16
mm2 :
(OSSE DIA 10 I 25
a 35
mm2 :
X
X
CAB-ABS TRAILOR PLUG CONNECTION CAB-ASS TRAILOR PLUG CONNECTION FRONT LEFT WHEEL ASS SENSOR FRONT RIGHT WHEEL ASS SENSOR REAR LEFT WHEEL ABS SENSOR REAR RIGHT WHEEL ASS SENSOR FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX WINCH DOWN WINCH UP ASS MODULATORS GROUND ASS MODULATORS GROUND ASS TRAILOR PLUG BOOM HO! ST DOWN BOOM HOIST UP TELESCOPE RETRACTION TELESCOPE EXTENSION CAB-POWER/GROUND CONNECTION CAS-POWER/GROUND CONNECTION CAB-CARRIER CONNECTION CAB-CARRIER CONNECTION STOP LIGHT SENSOR CAB-ENGINE CONNECTION CAB-ENGINE CONNECTION
CONNECTEUR MALE 12 VOlES : [ 61407-03 CONNECTEUR FEMElLE 12 VOlES : o 61407-04
CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR
2 VOlES : C 61407-95 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 MALE 4 VOlES : G 12407-87 FEMELLE 4 VOlES : H 12407-88
CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR
2 VOlES : C 61407-95 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 EHBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 70 VOlES ; A 61407-01
CONTACTS FEMEllES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : CABLE CAPTEUR ASS 12M : T 75522-97 CABLE (APTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-97 CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-91 CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-97 CABLE BI-CARBURANT I Lgr 9m ref. GARlOUIS : 8.031 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 [ONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 (ABLE REMORQUAGE ASS 15M : L 80522-18 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 :
21 21 21
37 64 65
21 21 21 65 65 64
65 6
CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 : CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 ;
6 30 30 17
CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 :
10
X
CONNECTEUR HALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-85 CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 CONNECTEUR EHBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99
CONTACTS FEHElLES t mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS HALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36
10
IFOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I
PPM TEREX eR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.S. : MACHINE : 241210 --> CE PlAN EST LA PROPR1EiE DE PPM. L N: PEUT
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT 400/3 ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS CONNECTORS PART NUI18ER
our OF COMPONENTS
me It REPROCIUT... (~ SANS OOTRE AtrrOOISAmt I THS OOAWNi IS nE PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS ~T BE USED 00 REPROflJCED wmo.rr Clt.R AUTHOR!ZATI(){
ATT400/3 Dessinateur: B.C Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE 06/11/00
18/0312002
PAGE:
..
D
179
12131415 \6 17 18 19
"'1
IIDI~ l~laIUI~I~IVIWIWIWI~lnlnlul~IUIVI~I~IEI~I~ITII~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS) ITEM
A
PB
P23. P35 P45
P51 P51.
-
P52 P53
P55 P55. P59
B P60
P60. P61
P68 P68. P8B r-
PBB ..
P89 PB9 ..
C
P123 P123. P124
pno
P188
P189 P195 P200 '"-
P201 P211 P214 P215
D
P216 P221 PZZ4 PZ26 PZ27 P226
P231 P232 - P233 P241 P242 P243 PZ50 P250. E P260 SRM S1.
S9
FUNCTION ELECTRICAL SWIVEL ELECTRICAL SWIVEL OUTRIGGERS (ONTROL BOX OUTRIGGERS CONTROL BOX CAB-BUMPERS CONNECTION CAB-BUMPERS CONNECTION LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT CAB-STORAGE BOXES CONNECTION CAB-STORAGE BOXES CONNECTION SPEED SENSOR CAB-TURRET CONNECTION CAB-TURRET CONNECTION ALTERNATOR TURRET-BOOH CONNECTION TURRET-BOOM CONNECTION PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER ELECTRICAL SWIVEL ELECTRICAL SWIVEL OVERLOAD I LMI OVERRIDE REAR STEERING LOCKING SENSOR LEFT OVERSIZE LIGHT RIGHT OVERSIZE LIGHT TURRET STEERING CLUTCH EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN LEFT LOW BEAM RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT LEFT HIGH BEAM RIGHT lOW BEAM CW CYLINDER HIGH POSITION AUDIBLE ALARM RIGHT HIGH BEAM FUEL FILTER { WATER SEPARATOR FUEL FILTER I WATER SEPARATOR RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION SENSOR REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION SENSOR TURRET PARKING BRAKE SENSOR BOOM HOIST UP OVERRIDE HORN FRONT INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 EPS: MACHINE: 241210 -->
(ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR
CONNECTOR 70 VOlES ; A 61407-01 EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 14 VOlES : F 12407~40 14 VOlES : F 12407-40 23 VOlES : H 12407-42 EHBASE 23 VOlES : X 12407-33 MALE 8 VOlES : L 12407-91 HALE 8 VOlES : l 12407-91 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 5 VOlES : Q 63407-23 EMBASE 23 VOlES : X 12407-33 23 VOlES : H 12407-42 4 VOlES; K 61407-10
CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : K 61407-10 CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 (ONNECTEUR EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : C 12407~83 CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES ; ( 12407-83 (ONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : G 12407-67 CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES ; G 12407-87 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : ( 61407-95 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : ( 61407-95 (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407~83 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : [ 12407~83 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONNECTEUR MALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-65 (ONNECTEUR FEHEllE 3 VOlES : F 12407-86 CONNECTEUR HALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-85
TERMINALS AND SPLICES CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 rom2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 rnm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS HALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CABLE CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : W69522-07 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS 0.5 0 1 mm2 : X 61409-29 CONTACTS HALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS 0 SOUDER int~gf~s au CONNECTEUR (ONNECTEUR type GDH 3009 r€f. HIRSCHMANN: 931969-100 CONTACTS 0 SOUDER int~gres au CONNECTEUR CONNECTEUR type GOM 3009 ref. HIRSCHMANN: 931 969-100 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS r~f. AMP: 927771-3 (ONTACTS r~f. AMP: 927771-3 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 CONTACTS r~f. AHP : 927771-3 CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407~35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 rnm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS HALES 1 mrn2 ; B 12407-36 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35
CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS
TERMINALS AND SPLICES FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : HALES 1.5 mm2 : FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : FEMELLES 1,5 mm2 : MALES 1.5 mm2 :
PAGE 30 30 28
29 14 14 15
15
CONTACTS FEMELLES 1.5 mm2 : CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 :
3
18 9
CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 :
60 60 3 60
CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 :
60
68 69
68 69 CONTACTS FEHElLES 1.5 mm2 : CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 :
50 50
63 24 15 15
34 11
11 16
15 15 16
16 35
16 37 37 15
15 15 15 15 15 25 25
X
35 65
(LIP FEMEllE 6.35 I 1.5 0 2,5 mm2 ; J 03409-14 CABLE (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97
23
16
IFOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
REFERENCES CONNECT!QUE HORS COMPOS ANTS
CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF [OHPONENTS (E PlAN EST LA PRtJ'RETE IE Pf'H.l t£ PEUT EIRE N REPR (£
PLAN EST LA PROPRETE (f PPM. L tE PEUT
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES (ONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE
CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
~
N REPRtWT. N mK.Nl£ SANS t-«>1RE AUTOOISATm I ntS 0RAWN'i IS Ti£ PlIDPERTY OF PPH.lT IS OOT BE USED
mREPROO..(B) wmror 0lR AtrTtJ:eZATDt
ATT400/3 S.c. Verificateuf : RP.
Dessinateur:
I Date:
05/03/01 I Date: 1810312002
INDICE : 0 PAGE: 182
i'\ I 2 I 3 I 4 ! 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 J 9
I 10
1 11 J 12 I 13
I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17
I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 J 22 I 23
.1 24
J 25 J 261 27 J 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 1 39 1 40 J 41
(BULBS PART NUMBER) ITEM
A BV1
BV2 BV3
BV50 BV51 S1
-
57 513
S16 S20 522 B 552 S53 S54 S55 S64
S65 566
to--
S67 570
S71 S100 5101 5113
C
5123
"-
5132 S135 S136 5137 S145
5195
S201 5212
D
S218 S219
S240
FUNCTION 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 8 LIGHTS PANEL 6 LIGHTS PANEL ROTATING BEACON OIL PRESSURE/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ROTATING BEACON SPEEDOMETER CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE FUEL GAUGE I CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT LEFT OVERSIZE LIGHT RIGHT OVERSIZE LIGHT RIGHT FRONT BLINKER LEFT LATERAL BLINKER RIGHT LATERAL BLINKER LEFT FRONT BLINKER FRONT LEFT HEAD LAMP FRONT RIGHT HEADLAMP TACHOMETER I HOURMETER BRAKING AIR PRESSURE CE III NG II GHT CE ILI NG II GHT eEl LING II GHT WHITE FUEL INDICATOR RED FUEL INDICATOR
CAB ROOF LIGHT CAB ROOF LIGHT WORKING LIGHT CEILING LIGHT CW LOCK I RELEASE FLAG LIGHTING ROTATING BEACON ROTATING BEACON HEAD BOOM LIGHT
FUNCTION I PPM PIN I BULB TYPE 24V-1.2W 24V-1.2W 24V-1.2W I 24V-1.2W I 24V-1.ZW I H1-24V-70W I 24V-1.2W 00140521 I H1-24V-70W N0140519 I 24V-1.2W N0140519 I 24V-1.2W N0140519 / 24V-1.2W POSITION I R0040587 I R10W-24V-10W POSITION I R0040587 I R10W-24V-10W 00040586 I RSW-24V-5W 00040586 I RSW-24V-5W 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W VEILLEUSE I K0040581 I T4W-24V-4W VEILLEUSE I K0040581 I T4W-24V-4W N0140519 I 24V-1,ZW N0140519 I 24V~1.ZW V6040509 I K-24V-10W V6040509 I K-24V-10W V6040509 I K-24V-10W M0040560 I T8/2-24V-ZW M0040560 I T8/2-24V-ZW 00040586 I RSW-24V-5W 00040586 I R5W-24V-5W K0340501 I H3-24V~70W U6040508 I 24V-13W 50040565 I C5W-24V-5W 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 00040586 I RSW-24Y-SW
N0140519 NOt40519 N0140519 N0140519 N0140519 00140521 N0140519
FUNCTION I PPM PIN / BULB TYPE
FUNCTION I PPM PIN ( BUlB TYPE
PAGE 10 10
I I I
14
54 53
60 9 60 9 10 10
STOP au CLIGNOTANT / 00040575 f P21W-24V-21W STOP ou CLIGNOTANT I 00040575 f P21W-24V-21W
RECUL ou BROUILLARD I 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W RECUL ou BROUILLARD I 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W
15 15 15 15 14
14 14 14 (ROI5EMENT ou ROUTE I 00140521 I H1-24V-70W (ROISEMENT au ROUTE I 00140521 I H1-24V-70W
16
16 9 9
32 32 32 37 37 33 33
57 58
60 33 33
70
r--
-i.
E
PPM TEREX CR 107366
ETUDE: 1371 E.P.s. : MACHINE : 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. l t£ PEUT mE N REffiID.lT. N (!JtU.IIlE SANS OOTRE AlJTOOlSATOi I
ATT400/3
REFERENCES AMPOULES I FONCTIONS
BULBS PART NUI1BER ms OOAWNlIS T!£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tilT BE USED 00 REPROru:ED Wl1HJUT M
AlJTH(IijZAmt
Dessinateur: S.C Verificateur: RP.
I Date: I Date:
INDICE 19/09/00 18/0312002
PAGE:
..
A
200
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
Load Moment Indicator DS 350C
VIII
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 1
M.L.1.
VIII- 2
Maintenance and operator's manual
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
1 - General information The purpose of the load moment indicator PPM (LMI) DS 350 is to give the crane driver the essential information he needs to use his machine in complete safety. Using the information from the various sensors, the load moment indicator oversees all the various crane functions and provides the driver with a continuous display of crane lifting capacity. The display varies constantly in relation to the different crane movements needed for load-handling. The LMI (load moment indicator) gives the driver information about the length and angle of the boom, useable reach and the total weight calculated and lifted by the crane. When the load limit is being approached, the load moment indicator tells the driver that this is so by an audible warning, a warning signal lights up and all crane functions are cut off if the situation gets worse. The LMI is an additional means of control which warns the crane driver about imminent overload conditions and the end of lifting which could well cause damage to goods and to people. The device does not and must not replace the sound judgement and experience of the driver nor his carrying out safe manoeuvres within the rules. The crane driver is responsible for the crane handling; it is his responsibility to ensure that all the warnings and instructions are completely understood and observed. Before using the crane the driver must carefully read and understand the information in this manual. He must know how to handle both the LMI and the crane and their limits. For the LMI to work well, it should be inspected daily and the instructions given in this manual must be observed. We draw your specific attention to section 5 of the manual. WARNING The display unit (1) can only help the crane driver if the crane's configuration operating code has been chosen correctly in relation to the type of work being carried out. In order to avoid serious accident, it is necessary for the lMI programming to be correctly carried out before the crane is used. Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 3
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
3 - Description of system The DS 350 C load moment indicator system is made up of a microprocessor central unit, a control board, a length and angle sensor, pressure sensors and travel limit switches. The system works on the principle of comparing theoretical value with actual value. The actual value resulting from measuring force or pressure is compared with the theoretical data memorised in the memory of the central processor. If the limits are reached, there is a warning signal on the control board. At the same time, dangerous crane movements (lifting, telescoping, derricking up and down, and slewing) are cut off. The crane's theoretical data, like load capacity charts, the weight of the boom, centres of gravity and dimensions, are memorised in the memories situated in the central unit. These sets of data constitute the theoretical data used for calculating the conditions in which the crane may be used. The length and the angle of the boom are measured by the length and angle sensor installed in the drum mounted on the boom. The length of the boom is measured by the drum cable which also serves as an electric conductor for the travel limit switches. The load on the crane is measured by pressure sensors fixed on the large chamber and the small chamber of the derricking rams.
3. 1 - Functioning of system The load moment indicator (LMI) works with a system which guides the user, simplifying use of the crane and of the LMI system. After the crane motor starts up, the system makes an automatic check on all the indicators, the audible warning and the entire LMI system. If there is an error in the system, an error code number is displayed on the board. Once the automatic check has finished, the operator must program the LMI with the crane's configuration. The system is then ready for use.
VIII-4
Edition:
12/1992
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
3.2 Control Board This has two functions: Input by the crane driver of the necessary system instructions Display of information data and instructions
[;Gt1 1 MAX
ACT CODE
30.0 IIIIIII
20.0 L.I
11.3
010
33.2
12 t 50.5
15.5
~
L
.L:1
-
4
~
J.&.I
I
5
3
6
WagW 1
1
2
~ ~ T
7
-
8
~
00
I
m
11
10
8
9
[Y)] VIII-6
12
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
1/ Display
2/ Travel limit warning light 3/ Advance load moment warning light 4/ Load moment warning light 5/ Release warning light 6/ 'Incremention' control 7/ 'Stop audible alarm' control
8/ 'Tara' control 9/ 'Operating code' control 10/ 'Number of lines' control 11/ 'Decrementation' control 12/ Moveable key release switch
Edition: 12/1992
VIII-7
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
3.3 Control items Illustration 1 shows the control elements and the displays of the DS 350 C load moment indicator. The numbers on the illustration correspond to the numbers in the following list which describes the function of each control item
11 Display This shows technical and operating information and instructions for the driver.
1
MAX
ACT CODE
30.9 IIIIIII 11.3 010
33.2 -:2:
15.5 L-
1&1
~
,
20.0 LI 12 50.5 ~
1.1 / The MAX LOAD is the maximum permissible load as in the load capacity chart or the maximum load permitted by the reeving selected using control 10 (,Number of lines'). The intermediate values of the capacity chart are interpolated linearly by the computer. 1.21 The ACT.LOAD is the actual load (gross load). The weight of the
slings and the pulley-block are included. 1.3/ The display shows the operating code number selected by the driver.
VIII- 8
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
1.4/ The display indicates the length of the boom. 1.5/ The load moment is shown by bar graph. This shows instantly the used capacity percentage. As the capacity of the crane changes with the various movements, this display changes constantly to correspond with the nominal power of the crane. This indicator has three zones: - a green zone (0 to 90% of nominal capacity) - a yellow warning zone (90 - 100% of nominal capacity) - a red overloaded zone (more than 100% of nominal capacity) 1.6/ the display shows the reach of the crane 1.7/ the display shows the height under the boom head 8/ The display indicates the number of lines selected by the crane driver using control (10). 1.9/ The display shows the boom angle.
Edition: 1211992
VIII- 9
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
2/ Travel limit warning light This red light goes on when the end of travel switch contacts are open. The audible alarm is heard at the same time. Dangerous crane movements are stopped.
3/ Advance load moment warning light This yellow light goes on when the load acting on the crane has entered between 90% and 100% of nominal capacity, indicating that overload is not far off. For the crane driver this means that he must continue to handle the crane with all necessary precautions.
4/ Load moment warning light This red warning light tells the crane driver that the nominal load state has been reached. It goes on when the load on the crane has reached 100% of its nominalload.
5/ Release indicator This red light flashes when the LMI is released.
6/ 'Incrementation' control This touch control is used to increase the operating mode code or the number of lines. How to use this control is described in detail in sections 4.1 and 4.2.
7/ 'Stop audible alarm' control To cut off the audible alarm. Press it to stop the alarm.
VIII- 10
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
8/ Tara' control The 'Tara' control is used to display the lifted load at the hook. The slings and the pulley-block are not included in this load. Use. Sling the load without lifting it. Press TARA control for the LMI system to memorise the weight of the pulley-block and the slings. The display flashes and shows the value of 0.0. Calibration is finished. Lift the load WITH THE WINCH without derricking or telescoping. The display flashes and shows the exact weight of the lifted load. If the length or angle of the boom is changed (derricking or telescoping) the display unit gives the total lifted weight again (load + pulleyblock + slings).
9/ 'Operating code' control This is used to enter a new operating mode identification figure in the system. When this is activated, it lights up to indicate that the 'enter an operating mode identification number' function has been started. At the same time, the 'advance load moment' and the 'load moment' warning lights go on and crane movements are cut off. After an operating mode identification number has been entered, press the 'operating code' control again, the function has finished, the lights go out and crane movements are no longer blocked. The procedure for entering an operating mode identification number is described in detail in section 4.1. CAUTION Selecting the right code is crucially important for the crane system to work properly. For this reason, the codes must be selected only by the crane driver who has perfect knowledge of the load capacity charts and of how to use and operate the system.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 11
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
101 'Number of lines' control This is used to enter a different new number of lines in the system. When the 'number of lines' control is pressed, it lights up to indicate that the 'number of lines' function has been started. Once the number of lines has been entered, press the 'number of lines' control again, and the function has finished. The procedure, 'Entering the number of lines' is described in detail in section 4.2. CAUTION Selecting the right number of lines is crucially important for the crane system to work properly. For this reason, the number of lines must be selected only by the crane driver who has perfect knowledge of the load capacity charts and of how to use and handle the system.
111 'Decrementation' control This is used to lower the operating mode code or the number of lines. How to use this button is described in detail in sections 4.1 and 4.2.
121 Moveable key release switch The switch is a touch control. This key release switch enables LMI cut - off to be de - activated so that crane movements are not blocked. Given that this switch de-activates the LMI and travel limit cut-off systems, the crane driver must observe the following instructions: - the release switch must be used with circumspection and only in extreme cases, under the responsibility of the site manager. - He should be completely aware of what could happen by way of damage to the machine and to personnel if a load is lifted with the system released. - The release switch may never be used either for overloading or for handling the crane in a forbidden configuration. Turning the key to the right releases the LMI system and unblocks crane movements. The system remains released for as long as the LMI is cut off. Warning light (5) and an outside warning device are active for as long as the LMI is released.
VIII- 12
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
4 - Programming procedure Each time the crane is reconfigured, the crane driver must reprogram the LMI. This procedure has two parts: Programming the LMI in the crane's working configuration Programming the LMI for the current number of lines. Caution Selecting the right operating code and the right number of lines is crucially important for the crane system to work properly. For this reason, the codes and numbers must be selected only by the crane driver who has perfect knowledge of the load capacity charts and of how to use and handle the system.
4. 1 1 Selecting Operating Modes 4.1.11 Using 'operating mode identification number' control When control (9) is pressed, it lights up and shows that the enter function has been set off. At the same time the 'advance load moment' and the 'load moment' warning lights, (3) and (4), go on and dangerous crane movements are cut off. The display unit shows the operating mode identification code and the text matching the selected operating mode.
4.1.21 Selecting operating mode The two controls 'forward' (6) and 'backwards' (11) are used to select a new operating mode. When these touch controls are used, the operating modes are displayed one after another.
4.1.31 Using 'operating mode identification number' control When the desired operating mode is reached, valid it by pressing control (9). The warning lights 'advance load moment' (3) and 'overload' (4) go out as does the light in control (9). The formerly blocked crane movements may now be used again.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 13
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
4.2/ Acljusting the number of lines Adjusting the LMI for the number of lines used on the crane is done in the same way as 'adjusting operating mode' described in 4.1:
4.2.1 / Activating 'number of lines' control Once control (10) is pressed it lights up to show that the 'enter a new number of lines' has been started.
4.2.2/ Selecting the number of lines The two controls 'forwards' (6) and 'backwards' (11) are used to increase or decrease the number of lines in order to select the desired number of lines.
4.2.3/ Using control 'number of lines' When the desired number of lines is displayed, validate it by pressing 'number of lines' control (10).
VIII- 14
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
5 - Inspection before starting up Before using the crane, the following electrical connections must be checked to ensure that the system is connected correctly depending on crane configuration.
Machines with PRINCIPAL LIFTING mechanism If the crane is working only with the boom and with neither extension nor fly-jib, there is no need for supplementary connections. However, the driver must ensure that the travel limit switch counterweight is correctly installed around the lifting cable. The counterweight must be installed to the cable fixing line. If the crane is working with extensionlfly-jib, the connection cable must be installed between the by-pass box on the boom. The counterweight fixed to the boom head travel limit switch must be removed and remounted on the extension/fly-job travel limit switch and around the cable at the extension head. WARNING If the travel limit switch is not repositioned, the travel limit system cannot work properly. When the extensionlfly-jib is being used, the counterweight must not be attached to the travel limit switch at the boom head. Once the electrical connections have been checked to ensure that the system is correctly connected for the crane's configuration, the following checks must be carried out: 1. the cabling joining the various parts of the system for mechanical damage. 2. the degree of mobility of the travel limit switches and counterweights. 3. the spring drum to ensure that it may turn freely, and that the cable winds correctly and is properly taut.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 15
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
CAUTION The following tests must be carefully carried out to avoid damaging the machine or injuring people. For the system to work well, these tests must be carried out correctly. If the driver cannot see the pulley-block clearly when it is approaching the boom head, he must be assisted by another person. The driver must be ready to stop the machine immediately if the LMI system is not working properly. 1. Check the travel limit indicator (2) and the audible alarm (7) by manually lifting the counterweight fixed to the travel limit switches. 2. Raise the boom head pulley-block slowly, using the winch, in order to engage the switch. At the point when the pulley-block takes the weight, the audible alarm (7) should sound, the travel limit indicator (2) should go on and crane movements should be stopped. Lower the pulley-block to return to normal crane functioning. If the warning light and if the audible alarm do not function as described and if crane movements are not stopped, then the system is not working properly. It must be put right before the crane is used. 3. If the crane has an extension/fly-jib, the test procedure must be repeated for the extensionlfly-jib's travel limit switch. 4. Check to see if the length of the principal boom is the same as the actual boom length. S. Check to see if the display of the principal boom angle is the same as the actual angles. 6. Check to see if the display of the crane's useable reach is the same as the actual reach.
HANDLING When the LMI has been set correctly, it will work entirely automatically. The crane driver must therefore know all the LMI control items perfectly and he must set each switch correctly before handling the crane. All the settings must be checked by handling a load of known weight and comparing this with the information shown on the load moment display. The theoretical loads contain the weight of the pulley-block, the slings and auxiliary lifting devices. These weights should be deducted form the theoretical data to obtain the net load to be handled.
VIII- 16
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
6 - SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Maintenance of the load moment indicator is as follows: 1. Checking the cabling between the various parts of the system. Any defective cable should be replaced immediately. 2. Checking the insulation of the length sensor cable and the cable guides. If the insulation is worn or if the cable guides are damaged, these parts must be replaced. 3. Checking the mobility of the travel limit switches. 4. Checking the drum cable tension. 5. Checking the pressures sensors at the derricking rams and the flexible connection hoses (for oil leakage). It is absolutely forbidden for non-specialist staff to carry out any repairs except to correct those problems identified in the Disruption Table and to replace mechanical parts or defective cables.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 17
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual
7 - Detecting errors General Information During a system error, the display (1) shows an error code which identifies the disruption. The error codes in the Disruption Table identify several errors which could occur in the LMI. The pages following the Disruption Table explain each fault and describe the measures to be taken to rectify it. Faults in the electronic microprocessor should be repaired by aftersales staff trained in the factory. Where there are such faults, the appropriate after-sales department should be contacted.
FALSE MANOEUVRES Disruptions in the system caused by the driver exceeding fields or making false manoeuvres are shown on the display with an explanation. The error codes are E01, E02, E03, E04, E05 and E06 and they may normally be dealt with by the crane driver.
Disruption Table Error code, Error, Cause, Rectification E01: Minimum reach field reached or maximum angle field exceeded. The boom has been raised too far so the minimum reach or the maximum angle appearing in the load capacity table has been exceeded. Lower the boom to a reach or an angle appearing in the table. E02: Maximum reach field in load capacity table being exceeded or minimum angle field not reached. The boom has been lowered too far so the maximum reach or the minimum angle appearing in the load capacity table has been exceeded. Raise the boom to a reach or an angle which appears in the table.
VIII- 18
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
E04: Operating mode does not exist, Present crane configuration is not acceptable for the selected operating mode. Modify operating mode selected. E05: Length field forbidden, a. The boom has been telescoped too far or not far enough. For example: the driver may work only to a certain boom length or where there are fly-jib load charts, the principal boom must be telescoped to a determined length, a. Telescope the boom to the correct length b. The setting of the length sensor has changed, e.g. the cable has jumped from the length sensor cable drum, b. Retract the boom. Check that the cable drum is tensioned correctly (the cable must be taut). Open the length sensor and turn the length potentiometer very carefully anticlockwise up to the stop, using a screwdriver. ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ c. Coupling between the length sensor potentiometer and the control mechanism is defective, c. Change the couple with the cog wheel completely and set the length potentiometer (see b.) d. The 5V supply for the analog part of the LMl's supply board is missing, d. Check the 5V supply. If there is none or if it cuts out with a charge of approx. 50 Ohms, change the supply board e. The cable of the length sensor central unit is defective or disconnected, e. Check the cables and their connectors, change them if necessary. f. Defective length potentiometer, f. Change the length potentiometer.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 19
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual E07: Overload relay no reply The overload relay is defective. Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection board. E08: Travel limit switch relay no reply, The travel limit switch relay is defective, Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection board. E11: The lower limit of the measurement channel 'length telescopic boom' is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the sensor is defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector, a. Check cables and connectors, replace if necessary b. The length potentiometer is defective, b. Replace the length potentiometer c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board
E12: The lower limit of the measurement channel 'piston side pressure' is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the pressure sensor is defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector, a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary b. The pressure sensor is defective, b. Replace the pressure sensor c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board
VIII- 20
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
E13: The lower limit of the measurement channel 'rod side pressure' is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the pressure sensor is defective or disconnected or there is water in the connector, a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary b. The pressure sensor is defective, b. Replace the pressure sensor c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board E15: The lower limit of the 'principal boom angle' measurement channel is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the angle sensor is defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector, a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary b. The angle sensor is defective, b. Replace the angle sensor c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board
E19: The reference current is defective, a. The sum of the reference current and the supply current is lower than 2.7V, a. Check the supply currents b. The analog-digital converter is defective, Replace the analog board
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 21
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual E20 Reference currents do not exist, a. The crane's battery current is too low, a. Check the crane's battery current b. The current converter is defective, b. Change the supply board b) Der Spannungsumsetzer ist defekt. b) Die Einspeiseplatte auswechseln. b. The length potentiometer is defective, b. Replace the length potentiometer c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board E22: The upper limit of the measurement channel 'piston side pressure' is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the pressure sensor is defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector, a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary b. The pressure sensor is defective, b. Replace the pressure sensor c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board.
VIII- 22
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
E23 The upper limit of the measurement channel 'rod side pressure' is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the pressure sensor is defective or disconnected or there is water in the connector, a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary b. The pressure sensor is defective, b. Replace the pressure sensor c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board E25 The upper limit of the 'principal boom angle' measurement channel is being exceeded, a. The cable between the central unit and the angle sensor is defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector, a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary b. The angle sensor is defective, b. Replace the angle sensor c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective, c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board
E29: The reference current is defective, a. The sum of the reference current and the supply current is less than
2.7V, a. Check the supply currents b. The analog-digital converter is defective, b. Replace the analog board E31: System program error, Replace the system program PROM
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 23
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual E38: System program wrong in the LMI, System program does not match the programs in the data EPROM 1, Replace the system program EPROM 1 E39: System program wrong in the LMI, System program does not match the programs in the data EPROM 2, Replace the system program EPROM 2 E41: Error in the read/write internal memory (RAM), - Replace the read/write memory - Replace the CPU board E42: Error in part 1 of the read/write external memory (RAM), - Replace the read/write memory - Replace the CPU board E43: Error in part 2 of the read/write external memory (RAM), - Replace the read/write memory - Replace the CPU board E45: Addressing error in the A/D converter of the LMl's CPU board, - Replace the CPU board E49: Transmission data wrong, Having loaded the data, the read/write memory on the memory extension contains no valid data, - replace the memory extension - replace the on-line interface - replace the LMl's system board
VIII- 24
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
E51: data PROM error, Data PROM defective, Change the data PROM E52: load capacity table PROM error, Table PROM defective, Change the table's PROM E56: Crane data EEPROM error Crane data EEPROM defective, Change the crane data EEPROM. E57: Crane data serial EEPROM error, The serial EEPROM has no valid data or the memory module is defective, Load a serial EEPROM with valid data using the test program, then start the LMI up again or change the memory module. E58: Analog board EEPROM series error, The analog board EEPROM series has no valid data or the analog board is defective, Load an analog board EEPROM series with valid data, then start the LMI up again or change the analog board.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 25
M.L.1.
Maintenance and operator's manual E71: Acknowledgement incorrect on 1. relay on the connection board Relay 1 on the connection board is defective, Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection board or the system board. E72: Acknowledgement incorrect on 2. relay on the connection board Relay 2 on the connection board is defective, Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection board or the system board.
E73: Acknowledgement incorrect on 3. relay on the connection board Relay 3 on the connection board is defective, Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection board or the system board. E74: Acknowledgement incorrect on 4. relay on the connection board Relay 4 on the connection board is defective, Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection board or the system board. E81: Maximum crane slant exceeded, Acceptable crane slant is exceeded, Correct the wedging state. E82: Wedging error, At least one of the four girders is not completely extended or is not firmly resting on the ground or wrong operating code selected, Extend the girders or the support rams completely on to the ground. Data PROM error, E83 Data PROM defective or programming wrong, Change the data PROM.
VIII- 26
Edition:
12/1992
Maintenance and operator's manual
M.L.1.
E86: Length field forbidden, see error E05 see error E05 NOTE: If an error code is shown on the control board which does not appear in the Disruption Table, contact the after-sales department.
Edition: 12/1992
VIII- 27
386 L M MENT IN ICATOR (LMI) TELESCOPIC CRANES Series A TT
15,5 11.5
'"
17,3
71.1 6U
13.4~
11.7
65.2
W,9
'.~
~.'
M
'"
'.' _.
14.75
'.00
L
N
USER
~
..,
35.1;
'" n.' 71.2 69,2 6&,4
au $
00.' 48.~
23.7
i2.S
'" 2,35
"
40.8 31,4
26.4 12,4
'"'" '.-
12.35
10.1
'" '" '" '".•
"
'M
'.'
72,5
,~
.., ." -~... ..'.', ,,,". ,.• ,.. " '" M
4,75
78,2
'.M
~
68.2 85.8 63,4 59,5
2,75
.
8.e~
'.' -.' 5.15
.00 ,.-'.'
'"" ". '.',., ." "" '"'.'" '." ." '.' ...'.' "'" '"" '.00 42.8
'.~
50,1
~.,
31,8 33,8
31,2
1.05
M
'.-
'.'
24/12/2001 Up-Grade
(E
Complies to the MACHINES DIRECTIVE Standards: EN60204-1, EN954, EN12077-2 EMC according to the" Heavy Industrial Environment" category: EN50081-2, EN50082-2
2
INDEX What the load moment indicator does? LOAD MONITORING INDICATOR (LMI) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Pag. 3
Which components are included in an LMI? SYSTEM LAY-OUT AND CONNECTIONS
4
How is the LMI installed on the machine? COMPONENTS LOCATION ON THE MACHINE
5
What's the need of the control panel? CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION
6
What's does it happen when starting the machine? SWITCHING THE MACHINE ON
7
Is the control panel informing about safety on the machine? PANEL MONITORING - Lifting conditions % and alarms
8
Is the control panel giving useful information to work? PANEL MONITORING - Main working data reading on the display
9,10
Is the control panel giving useful information to work? PANEL MONITORING - Main working data reading through graphics
11
Can the control panel give further useful information regarding the machine? PANEL SCREENS - Complementary reading related to the machine functioning
12
How to select the Operating Mode? SELECTING THE OPERATING MODE - Operating mode set up and stowing the jib
13
How con I select the rope number (tackle) ? PART OF LINES SETTING UP
14
Can the LMI detect faults? AUTO-DIAGNOSTIC
15
How the fault shows up? ALARM CODES AND ACTIONS TO TAKE
16,17
Apart the codes alarms, is the LMI able to give further data about its own internal operations? AUTO-DIAGNOSTIC - System internal working conditions monitoring Geometric data and load data Hydraulic pressures data Sensors Digital Signals Status of digital inputs from outside Status of digital outputs to outside What should be known before starting the machine? WARNINGS
18 19 20
21 22 23,24
What the load moment indicator does ?
3
The LMI aim is to control that the machine doesn't exceed working condition limits, making the Operator aware and acting through alarms and shut-down of dangerous movements.
LOAD MONITORING INDICATOR (LMI) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Working condition measurements
Load Tables storage, comparing and processing
Data display and setting
CONTROL PANEL N
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS (Lifted load)
",5
."..
~ _
17.3 _ ,:l,. are used than shown in the t.1ble, the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately. The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication. Above values do not apply to plastic coated wire rope. *From the Crosby Group
42 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
WEDGE SOCKETS One of the more popular end attachments for wire rope is the wedge socket. For field, or on the job attachment, it is easily installed and quickly dismantled. There are two basic types of wedge sockets, the standard type and a special type with a wedge design that protrudes from the nose of the socket allowing a wire rope clip to be attached to the dead end of the rope. The following procedures are important for safe application of wedge sockets: Inspection/Maintenance Safety • Always inspect socket, wedge and pin for correct size and condition before using. • Do not use parts showing cracks. • Do not use modified or substitute parts. • Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by welding. • Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in severe operating conditions. Consult the socket manufacturer for recommendations regarding the specific use and reapplication of wedge sockets. Assembly Safety • Use only with wire rope constructions recommended by the socket or rope manufacturer. For intermediate size rope, 9/16" diameter and larger, use next larger size socket. For example: When using 9/16" diameter wire rope use a 5/8" Wedge Socket Assembly. Ensure that the dead end of the rope is seized, welded or brazed (or consult rope manufacturer) before inserting into the wedge socket. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters. • Align live end of rope with center line of pin. (See Figure 31) • Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 31) • Do not attach dead end to live end. (See Figure 31) • Use a hammer to seat wedge and rope as deep into socket as possible before applying first load. • To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope, ensure that the dead end is seized, welded or brazed (or consult rope manufacturer) before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 rope diameters but not less than 6" (See Figure 31). Operating Safety • Apply first load to fully seat the wedge and wire rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. • Efficiency rating of the wedge socket termination is based upon the minimum breaking force of wire rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled wedge socket is 80%. • During use, do not strike the dead end section with any other elements of the rigging (called two blocking). • Do not shock load. Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 43
Tail Length'
Right
Wrong
Wrong
* Tail Length Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope A minimum of 6 rope diameters, but not less than 6". (Le. - For 1" rope: Tail Length 1IX6::::6")
=
Rotation Resistant Wire Rope A minimum of 20 rope diameters, but not less than 6". (Ld. - For 1" rope: Tail Length = 1"x20=20") Figure 31. The wedge socket is a very popular end attachment; it is easily installed and quickly dismantled. But it must be applied correctly.
44 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
DRUMS-GROOVED Drums are the means by which power is transmitted to the rope and then to the object to be moved. For the wire rope to pick up this power efficiently and to transmit it properly to the working end, installation must be carefully controlled. lithe drum is grooved, the winding conditions should be closely supervised to assure adherence to the following recommended procedures: 1) The end of the rope must be secured to the drum by such means as will give the end termination at least as much strength as is specified by the equipment manufacturer. 2) Adequate tension must be maintained on the rope while it is being wound so that the winding proceeds under continuous tension. Back tension applied to the rope during installation should be from 2 to 5% of the minimum breaking force of the rope being installed. 3) The rope must follow the groove. 4) It is preferable to have at least three dead wraps remaining on the drum when the rope is unwound during normal operation. Two dead wraps are a mandatory requirement in many codes and standards. If the wire rope is carelessly wound and, as a result, jumps the grooves, it will be crushed and cut where it crosses from one groove to the other. Another, almost unavoidable problem is created at the drum flange; as the rope climbs to a second layer there is further crushing and the wires receive excessive abrasion. Riser and filler strips may help remedy this condition. Another factor that must be given serious consideration is the pitch of the drum grooves relative to the actual rope diameter. Wire rope is normally manufactured to a plus tolerance. (See Table 3.) The oversize tolerance of the rope must be taken into account or the rope will be damaged by poor spooling caused by a groove pitch that is either too small or too large. As an example, a grooved drum made for 1I4-inch rope may have a pitch of .250 inches. Yet, by Federal standards, a 114-inch rope may have a diameter as large as .265 inches. If a rope of this size were to be operated on a drum with a .250 inch pitch, crowding would occur and the rope would be forced out of the groove.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 45
DRUMS-PLAIN (SMOOTH) Installation of a wire rope on a plain (smooth) face drum requires a great deal of care. The starting position should be at the correct drum flange so that each wrap of the rope will wind tightly against the preceding wrap (Fig. 32). Here too, close supervision should be maintained during installation. This will help make certain that: 1) The rope is properly attached to the drum. 2) Appropriate tension on the rope is maintained as it is wound on the drum. Back tension applied to the rope during installation should be from 2 to 5% of the minimum breaking force of the rope being installed. 3) Each wrap is guided as close to the preceding wrap as possible, so that there are no gaps between wraps. 4) It is preferable to have at least three dead wraps remaining on the drum when the rope is unwound during normal operation. Two dead wraps are a mandatory requirement in many codes and standards. Loose and uneven winding on a plain (smooth) faced drum can and usually does create excessive wear, crushing and distortion of the rope. The results of such abuse are shorter service life and a reduction in the rope's effective strength. Also, for an operation that is sensitive in terms of moving and spotting a load, the operator will encounter control difficulties as the rope will pile up, pull into the pile and fall from the pile to the drum surface. The ensuing shock can break or otherwise damage the rope.
L-
-R
L--
-
UNDERWIND LEFT TO RIGHT USE LEFT LAY ROPE
L-
LEFT LAY UNDERWIND
f,.
OVERWIND RIGHT TO LEFT USE LEFT LAY ROPE
I
-R
-R
L--~ - R
START ROPE AT LEFT FLANGE
LEFT LAY OVERWIND t
----t+:i:.[L
_~~~"I OVERWIND LEFT TO RIGHT USE RIGHT LAY ROPE
RIGHT LAY OVERWIND
UNDERWIND RIGHT TO LEFT USE RIGHT LAY ROPE
RIGHT LAY UNDERWIND
Figure 32. By holding the right or left hand with index finger extended, palm up or palm down, the proper procedure for applying left-and right-lay rope on a smooth drum can be easily determined.
46· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
The proper direction of winding the first layer on a smooth drum can be determined by standing behind the drum and looking along the path the rope travels, and then following one of the procedures illustrated in Figure 32. The diagrams show: the correct relationship that should be maintained between the direction of lay of the rope (right or left), the direction of rotation of the drum (overwind or underwind) and winding from left to right or right to left.
DRUMS.....;MULTIPLE LAYERS CROSS OVER
Figure 33. After the first layer is wound on a drum, the point at which the rope winds back for each wrap is called the cross-over.
Many installations are designed with requirements for winding more than one layer of wire rope on a drum. Winding multiple layers presents some further problems. The first layer should wind in a smooth, tight helix which, if the drum is grooved, is already established. The grooves allow the operator to work off the face of the drum, and permit the minimum number of dead wraps. A smooth drum presents an additional problem, initially, as the wire rope must be wound in such a manner that the first layer will be smooth and uniform and will provide a firm foundation for the layers of rope that will be wound over it. The first layer of rope on the smooth drum should be wound with tension (2 to 5% of the minimum breaking force of the rope) sufficient to assure a close helix - each wrap being wound as close as possible to the preceding wrap. The first layer then acts as a groove which will guide the successive layers. Unlike wire ropes operating on grooved drums, the first layer should not be unwound from a smooth-faced drum with multiple layers. After the rope has wound completely across the face of the drum (either smooth or grooved), it is forced up to a second layer at the flange. The rope then winds back across the drum in the opposite direction, lying in the valleys between the wraps of the rope on the first layer. Advancing across the drum on the second layer, the rope, following the "grooves" formed by the rope on the first layer, actually winds back one wrap in each revolution of the drum. The rope must then cross one or two rope "grooves" (depending upon the type of grooving - single or double cross-over) in order to advance across the drum for each turn. The point at which this occurs is known as the cross-over. Cross-over is unavoidable on the second, and all succeeding layers. Figure 33 illustrates the winding of a rope on the second layer from left to right, and from right to left-the direction is shown by the arrows. At these cross-over points, the rope is subjected to severe abrasion and crushing as it is pushed over the "grooves" and rides across the crown of the first rope layer. The scrubbing of the rope, as this is happening, can easily be heard. There are, however, special drum groovings available that will greatly minimize the damage that can occur at cross-over points - e.g. Counterbalance Drum Grooving* with a double cross-over. "Developed by LeBus International Engineers, Inc., Longview, Texas
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 47
Helical grooving does not employ a built in cross-over and does not work as well for multiple layer spooling as a counterbalanced drum because it does not have the cross-over and does not consistently put the rope in the proper position at the flanges to rise from one layer to the next layer. Counterbalance grooving with two cross-overs is made so that each wrap of rope winds parallel to the drum flange for a distance less than half the circumference around the drum, then follows a short cross-over to complete half the drum circumference. The cross-over is at an angle with the drum flange and displaces the rope laterally by half the pitch of grooving. Around the other half of the drum circumference each wrap again winds parallel to the flange for a distance, and then follows another short cross-over to a point one full circumference from the start. At this point the lateral displacement is equal to the full pitch of grooving. The grooving for this type of winding is similar to the parallel grooving except that half the drum circumference is laterally displaced from the other half by half the pitch of grooving, and between these two halves the grooves make short cross-overs to guide the rope properly. The two cross-over areas are on opposite sides of the drum, or 1800 apart. Since the lateral displacement of each cross-over is one half the pitch of grooving, or one half the displacement of the cross-overs encountered with other types of winding, "throw" of the rope is reduced, decreasing the Whipping action. However, if the interval between these displacements happens to match the rope's vibration cycle, whipping can still become severe because this action is cumulative. Since the cross-over areas are spaced opposite each other, or 1800 apart, raised portions of the winding caused by vertical displacement at the cross-overs also occur opposite each other. These raised sections become quite pronounced where many layers are involved and the balancing effect of keeping them opposite gave name to the method. With counterbalance winding, the change of layers can be controlled better than with other systems and is preferred when a rope must wind in many layers on the drum.
48 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
5 Operation, Inspection and Maintenance of Wire Rope SHEAVES AND DRUMS In the course of normal operations, wire ropes may come into contact with sheaves, drums, rollers and other parts of the equipment on which it operates -all of which must be maintained in good condition. This contact can cause wear in both the equipment part and the wire rope. This wear, which is normal and expected, occurs because wire rope, when loaded, stretches much like a coil spring. For example, when a rope is bent over a sheave, the rope's load-induced stretch causes it to rub against the groove. As a result, both the groove and rope are subject to wear. Within the rope itself, additional wear is encountered as the rope adjusts-by the adjustment or movement of the wires and strands - while bent around the sheave or drum. The smaller the ratio of sheave diameter to rope diameter (Did), the greater the adjusting movement, and the more rapid the resulting wear. The amount of wear, and the speed at which it takes effect on both the wire rope and grooves of the sheave or drum, are also determined by the sheave material, and the radial pressure between rope and groove. Simply stated, excessive wear can be caused either by sheave or drum material that is too soft, or a diameter (tread diameter) that is too small. To determine the unit radial pressure between rope and groove, use the following formula: 2T p= Dd where p = Unit radial pressure in pounds per square inch T = Load on the rope in pounds D = Tread diameter of the sheave or drum in inches d :;:: Nominal diameter of the rope in inches Table 8 gives examples of allowable unit radial bearing pressures of ropes on various materials commonly used in sheaves and drums. The values given are typical for the materials listed; they are not precise values since these materials are made to a wide range of specifications. In the foregoing equation, if the calculated value of "p" exceeds the allowable radial pressure for the sheave or drum material, the groove will wear quite rapidly. Wear will manifest itself in the form of either sheave groove wear or corrugation (See Fig. 52 )-either of which will contribute to accelerated wear in the rope. Values for the allowable unit radial pressures given in Table 8 are intended solely as a user's guide; use of these figures does not guarantee prevention of sheave or drum wear. Further, the values should not be taken as restrictive with regard to other or new materials. There are, for example, certain elastomers in current use, but there is insufficient data to support clear recommendations. It is best for the user to contact the elastomer or device manufacturer for specific recommendations. Note: All verification tests of retirement criteria (See Table 14) apply to wire rope operating on steel sheaves and/or drums. The user shall contact the sheave, drum or crane manufacturer, or a qualified person for broken wire removal criteria for wire ropes operating on sheaves or drums made of materials other than steel.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 49
TABLE 8
SUGGESTED ALLOWABLE RADIAL BEARING PRESSURES OF ROPES ON VARIOUS SHEAVE MATERIALS IN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH Regular Lay Rope, psi
Material
6x7
6x 19 6x36 8x19
Lang Lay Rope, psi
6x7
6x 19
Flattened Strand Lang Lay psi 6x36
Remarks
Cast Iron
300
480
585
680
350
550
660
800
Based on minimum Brinell hardness of 125
Carbon Steel Casting
550
900
1075
1260
600
1000
1180
1450
30-40 Carbon. Based on minimum Brinell hardness of 160
Chilled Cast Iron
650
1100
1325
1550
715
1210
1450
1780
Not advised unless surface is uniform in hardness.
Manganese Steel, 1470 Induction Hardened, or Flame Hardened
2400
3000
3500
1650
2750
3300
4000
Grooves must be ground and sheaves balanced for highspeed service.
50· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
BENDING WIRE ROPE OVER SHEAVES AND DRUMS Sheaves, drums and rollers must be of a correct design if optimum service is to be obtained from both the equipment and the wire rope. Because there are many different types of equipment and many different operating conditions, it is difficult to identify the one specific size of sheave or drum most appropriate for every application. The guideline to follow is this: the most practical design is the one that most closely accommodates the limiting factors imposed by the equipment, the operating conditions and the wire rope. All wire ropes operating over sheaves and drums are subjected to cyclic bending stresses, thus the rope wires will eventually fatigue. The magnitude of these stresses depends - an other factors being constant - upon the ratio of the diameter of the sheave or drum to the diameter of the rope. Frequently, fatigue from cyclic, highmagnitude bending stress is a principal reason for shortened rope service. In order for a rope to bend around a sheave, the rope's strands and wires must move relative to one another. This movement compensates for the difference in diameter between the underside and the top side of the rope, the distance being greater along the top side than it is on the underside next to the groove. Proper rope movement (and service) is adversely affected if the wires cannot adjust to compensate for this length differential. Also, there can be additional limitations to wire movement because of excessive pressure caused by a sheave groove diameter which is too small, or by lack of rope lubrication. Avoid changing the bending direction from one sheave to another as this reverse bending further accelerates wire fatigue. The relationship between sheave diameter and rope diameter is a critical factor that is used to estimate the rope's fatigue resistance or relative service life. It is expressed in the Did ratio mentioned earlier in which D is the pitch diameter of the sheave and d is the diameter of the rope. Table 9 lists suggested minimum Did values for various rope constructions. Other values are permitted by various standards such as those listed in Table 10. Smaller values can affect rope life. Table 11 and Figure 34 show the effect of rope construction and Did on service life. BREAKING IN A NEW WIRE ROPE A new wire rope requires careful installation and following all the appropriate guidelines previously noted. After the rope is installed and the ends secured in the correct manner, the equipment should be started carefully and then permitted to run through a cycle of operation at very slow speed. During this trial operation, closely watch all working parts-sheaves, drums, rollers-to make certain that the rope runs freely, and without any possible obstructions as it makes its way through the system. If no problems appear in running the rope, the next step should include several repititions of the normal operational cycle under increasing loads and speeds. This procedure allows the component parts of the new rope to make a gradual adjustment to the actual operating conditions. Taking the time and effort to perform these breaking in procedures should result in obtaining the optimum service life from the wire rope. Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 51
TABLE 9 SUGGESTED SHEAVE AND DRUM RATIOS These Old ratios are based on sheave and drum diameters being approximately 400 times the outer wire diameter of the rope. For rope constructions not listed, consult the rope manufacturer.
Construction 6x7 19 x 7 or 18 x 7 Rotation Resistant 6x 19S 6 x 25 B Flattened Strand 6 x 27 H Flattened Strand 6 x 30 G Flattened Strand 6 x 31 V Flattened Strand 6x21 FW 6x26WS 8 x 19 S 7x21 FW 6x25FW 6x31 WS 6x37FWS 7x25FW 6x36WS 6x43FWS 7 x31 WS 6x41 WS 6x41 SFW 6x49SWS 7x36WS 8x25FW 19 x 19 Rotation Resistant 35 x 7 Rotation Resistant 6x46SFW 6x46WS 8x36WS
*
Suggested Old Ratio* 42 34
30
26
23
20
18
D=Pitch diameter of sheave d=nominal diameter of rope To find any pitch diameter from this table, the diameter for the rope construction to be used is multiplied by its nominal diameter (d). For example, the minimum sheave pitch diameter for a 112" 6 x 21 FW rope would be 1/2" (nominal diameter) x 30 (minimum ratio) or 15",
52· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, FOl,.lrth Edition
TABLE 10 REQUIREMENTS IN STANDARDS FOR SHEAVE AND DRUM Did RATIOS Type of Equipment
Specification or Standard
Application
Minimum Did Ratio Drum
Minimum Did Ratio Sheave
Mobile Cranes
ASMEB30.5
Load Hoist Boom Hoist Load Block
15
18
18 15 16
18
Tower Crane
ASMEB30.3
Hoist Rope
Mine Hoist
ANSIMl1.l*
Drum Hoist Rope Over I" I" and under Friction Hoist Rope Flattened Strand Full Lock Coil
80
80
60
60
80 100
80 100
Top 18 Traveling 16
Surface Mining
ANSIMl1.l*
Hoist Ropes Drag Ropes
24 22
24 22
Rotary Drilling
API9B
Drill Line
20
30
Offshore Pedestal Crane
API2C
Hoist Ropel Boom Hoist Rope
18
18
Ski Lifts
ANSIB77.1
Fixed Grip Lifts Detachable Grip Lifts
80(Bull Wheel) 72(Bull Wheel)
Elevators
ASMEA17.1
Suspension/Hoist Compensating
40
40
32
Note: Most standards minimum sheave and drum Did ratios are based on the D being pitch diameter. API9B arid ANSI B77.l use the tread diameter for D.
* Standard expired; values included as a reference.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 53
If a change in construction is being considered as a means of obtaining longer service on a rope influenced principally by bending stresses, this table of factors may be useful. For example: a change from a 6 x 25 FW with a factor of 1.00 to a 6 x 36 WS with a factor of 1.15 would mean the service life could be estimated to increase 1.15 times or 15%. These factors apply only for bending stresses. There are other factors, which are almost always present in rope operation, that contribute to rope deterioration. These other factors are not considered in this table.
TABLE 11 RELATIVE BENDING LIFE FACTORS Rope Construction
Rope Constmction
Factor
6 x 7 or 7 x 7 Aircraft 19 x 7 or 18 x 7 R.R. 6x 19 S 6x 19W 6x21 FW 6x26WS 6x 25B FS 6x27HFS 6x30GFS 6x31VFS 7 x21FW 6x25FW 6x31 WS 8 x 19S 8x21 FW
Factor
7x25FW 6x29FW 6x36WS 6x36SFW 6x43 FWS 7 x 31 WS 8x25FW 6x41 WS 6x41 SFW 6x49SWS 7x36FW 6x46SFW 6x46WS 8x36WS 6x61 FWS 6x57 SFWS
.60 .70 .80
.90
1.00
1.10
1.15
1.25
1.35
*Note: This table, with some modifications, is based on outer wire diameter relationships. For rope constructions not listed, consult the rope manufacturer. SERVICE LIFE CURVE FOR VARIOUS Old RATIOS 100
! 90 I
I
Figure 34. This service life curve only takes into account bending and tensile stresses. This curve can be utilized to predict comparative service life of a specific wire rope with varying DId ratios. That resultant comparison is illustrated by the following example: A rope working with a DId ratio of 26 has a relative service life of 17. If the same rope works over a sheave that increases its DId ratio to 35, the relative service life increases to 32. In short, if this rope is used on the larger sheave, one could estimate an increase in its bending service life from 17 to 32 or an 88% increase.
I
i/
I
I
I
.,
tiso :;
:
a:
\oJ 40
~ ...J
i
...,
I
i
I
I
!
V /!
/ I
i I
/
1
I
II
:
-
,,-""
10
I............
".,....
10
!
I
I
I
/'
I
20
I
i
I I
V-
!
a: 30
/
:--+
I
I
o
rr
I /!
I
I
/
I(
i
!
i
/
I
I
I
70
:::;
I
i I
I i
w
I
i
80
"-
I
I
V
JIll'
L
I
,,-./i
i
!
I
i i
20
30 Old RATIO
54 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
40
50
60
INSPECTION OF SHEAVES AND DRUMS Under normal conditions, machines receive inspections on a regular basis, and their overall condition is recorded. Such inspections usually include the drum, sheaves, and any other parts that may contact the wire rope and subject it to wear. As an additional precaution, rope related working parts, particularly in the areas described below, should be reinspected prior to the installation of a new wire rope. The first item to be checked when examining sheaves and drums, is the condition of the grooves (Figs. 35, 36, and 37). To check the size, contour and amount of wear, a groove gauge is used. As shown in Figure 35, the gauge should contact the groove for about 1500 of arc. Two types of groove gauges are in general use and it is important to note which of these is being used. The two differ by their respective percentage over nominal
rope diameter.
Figure 35. Cross sections illustrating three sheave groove conditions. A is correct, B is too tight, and C is too loose.
Figure 36. These sheave groove cross sections represent three wire rope seating conditions: A, a new rope in a new groove; B, a new rope in a worn groove; and C, a worn rope in a worn groove. (See also Figs. 35 and 37.)
For new or remachined grooves, the groove gauge is nominal plus the full oversize percentage (5%). The gauge used by most wire rope inspectors today is sized at the nominal rope diameter plus 2-1/2% and is called a "Minimum for Worn Groove" gauge. This latter gauge is intended to act as a type of "no-go" gauge. Any sheave with a groove smaller than this should be regrooved or replaced. If that action is not taken in a reasonable amount of time, the rope will be damaged. When the sheave is regrooved it should be machined to the dimensions for "recommended minimum new groove" given in Table 12. This table lists the requirements for new or re-machined grooves, giving the groove diameter in terms of the nominal wire rope diameter plus a percentage. Similarly, the size of the "no-go" gauge is given, against which worn grooves are judged. Experience has clearly demonstrated that the service life of the wire rope will be increased by following these standards.
GROOVE GAUGE
Figure 37. Illustrating the various dimensions of a sheave, and the use of a sheave gauge. Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 55
TABLE 12
Nominal Rope Diameter inches mm**
3.25 4.06 4.88 5.69 6.50
0.134 0.167 0.199 0.232 0.265
3.40 4.24 5.05 5.89 6.73
0.138 0.172 0.206 0.241 0.275
3.51 4.37 5.23 6.12 6.99
13
9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8
14.5 16 19 22 26
0.288 0.320 0.384 0.448 0.513
7.32 8.13 9.75 11.38 13.03
0.298 0.331 0.398 0.464 0.530
7.57 8.41 10.11 11.79 13.46
0.309 0.344 0.413 0.481 0.550
7.85 8.74 10.49 12.22 13.97
29 32 35 38 42
0.577 0.641 0.705 0.769 0.833
14.66 16.28 17.91 19.53 21.16
0.596 0.663 0.729 0.795 0.861
15.14 16.84 18.52 20.19 21.87
0.619 0.688 0.756 0.825 0.894
15.72 17.48 19.20 20.96 22.71
45 48 52 54 58
0.897 0.961 1.025 1.089 1.153
22.78 24.41 26.04 27.66 29.29
0.928 0.994 1.060 1.126 1.193
23.57 25.25 26.92 28.60 30.30
0.963 1.031 1.169 1.238
24.46 26.19 27.94 29.69 31.45
60 64 67 71 74
1.217 1.281 1.345 1.409 1.473
30.91 32.54 34.16 35.79 37.41
1.259 1.325 1.391 1.458 1.524
31.98 33.66 35.33 37.03 38.71
1.306 1.375 1.444 1.513 1.581
33.17 34.93 36.68 38.43 40.16
77 80 83 86 90
1.537 1.602 1.666 1.730 1.794
39.04 40.69 42.32 43.94 45.57
1.590 1.656 1.723 1.789 1.855
40.39 42.06 43.76 45.44 47.12
1.650 1.719 1.788 1.856 1.925
41.91 43.66 45.42 47.14 48.90
4 3/4
96 103 109 115 122
1.922 2.050 2.178 2.306 2.434
48.82 52.07 55.32 58.57 61.82
1.988 2.120 2.253 2.385 2.518
50.50 53.85 57.23 60.58 63.96
2.063 2.200 2.338 2.475 2.613
52.40 55.88 59.39 62.87 66.37
5 5114 5112 5 3/4 6
128 135 141 148 154
2.563 2.691 2.819 2.947 3.075
65.10 68.35 71.60 74.85 78.11
2.650 2.783 2.915 3.048 3.180
67.31 70.69 74.04 77.42 80.77
2.750 2.888 3.025 3.163 3.300
69.85 73.36 76.84 80.34 83.82
1 3/8
1 3/4 1 7/8
2 21/8 2114
Modern drnm design embraces extensive considerations beyond the scope of this publication. It should also be noted that drnm grooves are now produced with a number of oversize dimensions and pitches applicable to certain scrvice requirements.
Maximum Groove inches mm
0.128 0.160 0.192 0.224 0.256
1112 1 5/8
Further, the dimensions do not apply to traction-type elevators; in this circumstance, drum-and sheave-groove tolerances should conform to the elevator manufacturer's specifications.
Groove Radius Recommended Minimum New Groove inches mm
6.5 8 9.5
1 118 1114
**Not a precise conversion; for information only.
Minimum Worn Groove inches rum
114 5/16 3/8 7/16 112
1
* Values given are applicable to grooves in sheaves and drums; they are not generally suitable for pitch design since this may involve other factors.
GENERAL PURPOSE ROPES SHEAVE AND DRUM GROOVE DIMENSIONS*
2 3/8 21/2
25/8 23/4
27/8 3 31/8 3114 3 3/8 3112 33/4
4 4114 4112
11
56 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
1.100
If the fleet angle (Fig. 39) is large, it may be necessary to accept a smaller arc
of contact at the throat; 1300 for example instead of 1500. This is done to avoid scrubbing the rope on the flange of the sheave. As previously noted, the groove size is evaluated on the basis of how the gauge fits the groove. Daylight under the gauge is not tolerable when using the worn groove gauge. If a full over-size gauge is used, some daylight may be acceptable, but this really must be judged by relating the measurement to the actual size of the rope. For new rope, extra caution should be observed as to its fit in the groove. Most ropes become smaller in diameter immediately after being placed in service. As a result, they would operate satisfactorily in a "worn" groove; one that was gauged OK by the "worn" groove gauge. Nonetheless, in some cases, a rope may not "pu1l down," and if this happens, abnormal wear may occur. It is important to remember that a tight groove not only pinches and damages the rope but that the pinching prevents the necessary adjustment of the wires and strands. On the other hand, a groove that is too large will not provide sufficient support; in this case, the rope will flatten and thereby restrict the free sliding action of the wires and strands. The size of the groove is not the only critical item to be examined closely. The condition of the groove is also an important factor. The groove should be smooth. If the groove is corrugated then it must be remachined or, if it is corrugated too deeply, the sheave, roller or drum must be replaced. If replacement is indicated, a larger sheave or drum and/or a more wear resistant material should be considered. Groove examination should also concern itself with how the groove is wearing. If the rope rubbing against one flange causes the groove to wear off-center, the reeving alignment must be checked and corrected. When checking the grooves, the bearings of the sheaves and rollers should also be examined. They should turn easily. If not, each bearing must be serviced or replaced. "Wobble" in the sheave-from broken or worn bearings-is not acceptable. Bad bearings will set up vibrations in the wire rope that can cause rapid deterioration unless the condition is remedied. Bad bearings also increase the force on the rope that is needed to move a given load, since friction forces will be greatly increased. Sheaves with broken flanges may allow the rope to jump from the sheave and become fouled in the machinery. Sheaves with broken flanges must be replaced immediately. A sheave or drum with a flat spot can induce a "whip" into the line. This whip, or wave may travel until it is reaches the end termination, at which point the rope is subjected to vibratory fatigue stresses. This condition accelerates the fatigue breakage of wires. Sometimes the reeving is such that the whip or wave is damped by a sheave or drum. In these circumstances, the whipping will cause wire breaks along the crowns of the strands. Obviously, sheaves or drums that induce vibrations of this type should be repaired or replaced. Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 57
In addition to the items discussed, inspection should also focus on any and all conditions that could cause abnormal or accelerated wear and eventual damage to the wire rope. For example, plain-face (smooth) drums can develop grooves or rope impressions that will prevent the rope from winding properly. Wear is greatest at the pickup point when the machine is accelerating. If this happens, the surface should be repaired by machining or replaced. The winding should be checked to make sure that the rope is winding "thread wound" (Fig. 33). Excessive wear in grooved drums should be checked for variations either in the depth or pitch of the grooves. No matter what type of drum is in use, excessive drum wear will result in poor spooling and rope deterioration. This condition will accelerate rapidly when winding in multiple layers.
STRENGTH LOSS OF WIRE ROPE OVER STATIONARY SHEAVES OR PINS Rope breaking strength is determined in a standard test wherein fittings are attached to the ends of the rope and the rope is pulled in a straight line. If, however, the rope passes over a curved surface (such as a sheave or pin) its strength "is decreased." The amount of such reduction will depend on the severity of the bend as expressed by the Did ratio. A rope bent around a pin of its own diameter will have only 50% of the strength attributed to it in the standard test. This is called "50% efficiency" (Fig. 38). Even at Did ratios of 40, there may be a loss of up to 5%. At smaller Did ratios, the loss in strength increases rapidly. The angle of bend need not be 180°,90°, or even 45°; relatively small bends can cause loss of strength.
Reduction in efficiency of wire rope when bent over pins of various sizes Figure 38 Derived from standard test data, this curve relates rope strength efficiency to various Did ratios. The curve is based on static loads only. It is a weighted average of 458 tests over pins and thimbles, on 6 x 19 and 6 x 36 classification ropes, fiber core and IWRC, regular and lang lay. Technically, efficiency variations can be expected for specific rope constructions and wire manufactUling practices. To obtain data for the specific wire rope purchased it is recommended that tests be conducted.
50
60
~ 1:; 70
\
z
w
U G:
b
80
90
"\
- -- ---
"
J"
i
I 100
~~~-
-,-.--~
~i
r- ---
L
~ I
j 2
I
I I
I
I
i 6
10
14
18 22 Old RATIO
58 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
26
30
34
38
FLEET ANGLE
--t;~g", I"
/1\\
1 I
,
\
\
I
\
I
""""T" I
\ --r---
I
I I
\ \
I I
\ \
I
\
I I
\ \
I
\
I I I
\ \ \
I I I
FLO AT I NG
~SHEAVE
r\
-7
\ \
1/2.MIN
liZ· MiN \
I I 1/2·MAX II/Z· MAX \ I \
r-;
1 LEFT
I FLEET I
ANGLE
.,,,
~~ RIGHT \ FLEET \ ANGLE \
Figure 39. This illustration of wire rope running from a fixed sheave, over a floating sheave, and then onto a smooth drum, graphically defines the fleet angle.
Uniform winding on a smooth faced drum is closely related to the Did ratio, the speed of rotation, the load on the rope, and the fleet angle. Of all these factors, the one that exerts perhaps the greatest influence on winding characteristics is the fleet angle. The schematic drawing (Fig. 39) shows an installation where the wire rope runs from a fixed sheave, over a floating sheave, and then onto the surface of a smooth drum. The fleet angle (Fig. 39) may be defined as the included angle between two lines; one line drawn through the middle of the fixed sheave and the drum-and perpendicular to the axis of the drum and a second line drawn from the flange of the drum to the center of the groove in the fixed sheave. (The drum flange represents the farthest position to which the rope can travel across the drum.) There are left and right fleet angles and they may be different values. It is necessary to restrict the fleet angle on installations where wire rope passes over the lead or fixed sheave and onto a drum. For optimum efficiency and service characteristics, the angle should not exceed 1-112° for a smooth drum, or 2° for a grooved drum. Fleet angles larger than these suggested limits can cause such problems as bad winding on smooth drums, and the rope rubbing against the flanges of the sheave. Larger angles also create situations where there is excessive scrubbing and abrasion of the rope on the drum. Conversely, small fleet angles -less than 112° - should also be avoided since too small an angle will cause the rope to pile up at the flange of the drum.
FACTORS AFFECTING THE SELECTION OF WIRE ROPE The key to choosing the rope best suited for the job is making an accurate review of several important requirements. Correct appraisal of the following will simplify the selection process: 1) Required minimum breaking force 2) Resistance to bending fatigue 3) Resistance to vibrational fatigue 4) Resistance to abrasion 5) Resistance to crushing It is essentially impossible for any single rope to have high values in all of the above requirements. The rule, in fact, seems to be that a high rating in one almost always means lower ratings in others. The first task is to make a careful analysis of the job requirements, establishing priorities among these requirements, and then selecting the optimum rope on a trade-off basis. This will provide the best possible balance by sacrificing the less essential factors in order to obtain maximum benefits from the more important factors. Following, are brief explanations of the five factors previously listed: 1) Required minimum breaking force It has been noted that wire rope is a machine - a fairly complex device that transmits and modifies force and motion. Thus, the very first consideration in Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition • 59
choosing a "machine," is to determine the potential work load. Stated iIi terms of wire rope, this means establishing the actual load. To this known dead weight, there must be added those loads that are caused by abrupt starts (acceleration), sudden stops (deceleration) , shock loads, high speeds and friction of sheave bearings. Another item in this equation is the loss of efficiency that occurs when the rope bends over sheaves. All of these factors must be summed up in order to determine the true total load. For any operation, the total load is multiplied by a required design factor to determine the value which the minimum breaking force of the rope must meet or exceed. Standards organizations and regulatory bodies typically establish minimum design factors. The user must be aware of the design factors specified for their applications and select wire ropes accordingly. (A further discussion of Design Factors can be found on p. 93) 2) Resistance to bending fatigue To describe this, a close analogy can be made with a paper clip. While most of us cannot pull a paper clip in two, if repeatedly bent back and forth at one point, it will eventually break. The reason for this is metal fatigue. To some degree, the same thing happens when a wire rope bends around sheaves, drums, and rollers. The sharper-or more acute-the bend, the quicker the fatigue occurs. Increased rope speed and/or reverse bends may also accelerate fatigue rates. As for the rope, with all other rope characteristics being equal, the greater the number of outer wires in each strand, the greater the resistance of the rope to bending fatigue. 3) Resistance to vibrational fatigue Vibration, from whatever source, sends shock waves through the rope. These waves are a form of energy that must be absorbed at some point. This point may appear at various places-the end attachment, the tangent where the rope contacts the sheave, or at any other place where the waves are damped and the energy absorbed. In the normal operation of a machine or hoist, wire ropes develop a wave action that can be from a low frequency to a sharp, high frequency cycle. A good example of this is found in shaft hoists. When the cage is just starting up, the rope has a very slow swing within the shaft. But, by the time the cage reaches the top of the shaft, the initially low frequency has become a high frequency vibration. The result is fatigue and eventual breakage of the wires at the attachment point to the cage. Another type of vibrational fatigue is found in operations where there is cyclic loading. Such loadings would be found, for example, in the boom suspension system of draglines. Here. the energy is absorbed at the end fittings of the pendants or at the tangent point where the rope contacts the sheave.
60 • Wire Rope technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
4)
Resistance to abrasion Abrasion is one of the most common destructive conditions to which wire rope is exposed. It will occur whenever a rope rubs against, or is dragged through, any soil or other material. It happens whenever a rope passes around a sheave or drum. And, it takes place internally within the rope whenever it is loaded or bent. Abrasive action weakens the rope by removing metal from wires, both inside and outside the rope. When excessive wear occurs in a rope application, the problem could be caused by faulty sheave alignment, incorrect sheave groove contour, an inappropriate fleet angle, or improper drum winding. However, there may be other causes. If none of these common conditions are found to be causative factors, the solution may be to change to a more suitable rope construction. Remember that ropes with larger outer wires are more abrasion resistant than ropes with smaller outer wires and lang lay ropes are more abrasion resistant than regular lay ropes. (See p. 10 - 11 for a discussion on lang-lay rope.J 5) Resistance to crushing Rope crnshing typically occurs in multiple layer drum spooling at the change of layer points and at the cross over points. At the change of layer point, the rope can be wedged between the preceeding wrap on the drum and the drum flange. This wedging creates side pressure that can distort the rope's circular shape. At the cross over points, the rope goes from being supported by two wraps of rope on the layer below to being supported at a single contact point. This doubles the contact pressure and can crush the rope. Under very high loading conditions, the rope may crush or flatten around the entire circumference of the drum. Items that generally increase a rope's resistance to crushing are ropes with fewer outer strands, larger outer wires in strands, IWRCs instead of FC, regular lay instead of lang lay, compaction of strands and compaction of rope.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 61
______________________________________________________________________________________u_ THE "X-CHART" - ABRASION RESISTANCE VS BENDING FATIGUE RESISTANCE Two compelling factors that govern most rope selection decisions are: abrasion resistance, and resistance to bending fatigue. Striking a proper balance with respect to these two important characteristics demands careful consideration. A graphic presentation of this comparison of qualities, between the most widely used rope constructions and others, is given by means of the X-chart (Fig. 40). Referring to this chart when selecting a rope, the mid-point (at the X) comes closest to an even balance between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending fatigue. Reading up or down along either leg of the X, the inverse relationship becomes more apparent as one quality increases and the other decreases. The term flexibility is frequently thought of as being synonymous with resistance to bending fatigue. This is not true. Flexibility refers to the capability of flexing or bending. While a high degree of fatigue resistance may sometimes accompany the flexibility characteristic, it does not necessarily follow that this is so. A fiber core rope, for example, is more flexible than an IWRC rope. Yet, when the IWRC rope is bent around sheaves at relatively high loads, it will usually perform better than the more flexible fiber core rope. The reason for this lies in the ability of IWRC rope to better support the outer strands, retain its roundness and maintain freedom of internal movement. Under the same conditions, a fiber core rope will flatten and inhibit free internal adjustment, thereby reducing fatigue life. As with all engineering design problems, feasible solutions demand compromise to some degree. At times, it becomes necessary to settle for less than optimum resistance to abrasion in order to obtain maximum fatigue resistance, the latter being a more important requirement for the given job. A typical example of this kind of trade-off would be in selecting a highly fatigue resistant rope on an overhead crane. Conversely, in a haulage installation, a rope with greater resistance to abrasion would be chosen despite the fact that such ropes are markedly less fatigue resistant. Ultimately, what is sought is an efficient, economical solution, hence whatever the compromise, it should assist in achieving this goal.
Figure 40. The wire rope industry refers to this as the X-chart. It serves to illustrate the inverse relationship between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending fatigue in a number of the commonly used wire rope constructions.
62' Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
GUIDELINES FOR MAKING REQUIRED INSPECTIONS FOR ANY WIRE ROPE USE AND APPLICATION When in use, all wire ropes degrade and lose strength, regardless of the application. Not conducting proper wire rope inspections can lead to dangerous and costly situations. Properly performed inspections are, therefore, an essential part of the safe and efficient use of every wire rope. This is precisely why industry safety standards developed and published by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) and various other industry and governmental organizations require frequent, periodic inspections with permanent records. The rope user is responsible for using the proper standard for inspection. The following information will be a useful aid in planning and making an inspection program for any wire rope installation or usage. HOW TO INSPECT An inspection program is an integral part of every wire rope application and requires a specific schedule, trained and qualified inspectors, the criteria applicable to the usage, and permanent records. There are also tools and techniques the inspector must have in order to evaluate a rope's condition, and the knowledge to determine if a rope can continue to perform the work required of the installation. A basic understanding of how wire ropes and wire rope slings are designed and manufactured, and how they operate, is also useful. The inspector must be able to recognize specific evidence of damage and degradation in them. REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION Inspection requires certain tools, such as a micrometer, calipers, steel tape measure, groove gauges and forms for recording data. The specific criteria published in industry standards and governmental regulations are also necessary. The inspector must also have access to the entire rope length and ability to see the rope's condition close-up. Specific aspects of wire rope inspection are discussed on the following pages including diameter, broken wires, internal rope inspection, etc. ACCESS FOR INSPECTION There are two types of inspections, and access requirements are different for each. Daily, work shift, or frequent inspections may not require examining the entire length of a rope. These inspections are visual observations and are concerned with discovering gross damage and potential problems. Periodic inspections, where permanent records are normally mandated by OSHA, ASME and other regulatory agencies, require more stringent attention to specific details through the entire length of the rope - including diameter, lay measurement, broken wire counts, evidence of rope core failure, abuse and wear. Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 63
Wear occurs throughout the length of any wire rope, especially running wire ropes that move on and off churns and sheaves. Even supporting or standing ropes undergo stress and vibration throughout the length. Both running and standing ropes require proper inspection, each with specific requirements. The rope must be seen up close, which requires adequate light and good vision; this may include the use of artificial lighting and magnification. The inspector must also be able to physically touch or perform a hands on examination of the rope. In most applications, a thorough inspection is made when the rope is relaxed or under minimal tension. However, non-destructive testing (NDT) may be used where the rope cannot be relaxed. The total rope system must be inspected, since the movement and condition of drums, sheaves, fairleads, equalizer sheaves, and other components have a direct bearing on wear and ability of a rope to perform properly. End attachments are critical points of stress, because these are where the load is transferred to other components as tension is applied and released in the rope. The first wire breaks may occur at an end termination. Rope degradation may not always be readily visible. Broken wires, wear, and corrosion may be hidden by lubricant, dirt or other foreign material on the rope. Sections of rope must be wiped clean with a cloth or wire brushed in order to count broken wires or to view wear or corrosion. NOlmal wear and degradation are expected to occur in areas where the rope bends frequently, spools on a drum, at equalizer sheaves, or at end terminations. These areas endure greater stress and should be checked completely and frequently. Another area of concern is core integrity. There are specific indicators of interior rope damage such as loss of rope diameter, evidence of valley breaks or breaks against the core that result in high or protruding wires, and rust or corrosion products in the rope valleys. Core integrity can only be verified by prying open the rope with awls or picks. However, this is usually a last resort to substantiate a decision to condemn and remove a rope from service and should only be done by a qualified person, as the inspection may damage the rope and make it unusable. ROPE DIAMETER Diameter meaurements give the inspector indicators of wear and internal degradation in a wire rope. Thorough inspections require diameter measurements at several places in the rope's length and in areas that endure greater stress. Generally, ropes are manufactured larger than nominal diameter. When placed in service for t'1e first time, diameter can reduce slig;.~t1y. Therefore, the initial measurement of a rope's diameter should be made after the rope's initial loading or
Proper method of measuring ropes with odd number of outer strands, using caliper with plates.
How to measure (or caliper) a wire rope correctly. Since the "true" diameter (A) lies within the circumscribed circle, always measure the larger dimension (B).
ACTUAL DIAMETER
~/ ~"(!~~, \
---
/
I
A
C. INCORRECT
64' Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
breaking in period (see pg 25-26 for more information). That is the measurement to be recorded as the initial diameter. The actual rope diameter must be measured. This is defined as the diameter of the circumscribing circle. (ie, its largest cross sectional dimension) To insure accuracy this measurement should be made with a wire rope caliper using the correct method (b) shown on the facing page. Special techniques and equipment must be employed for measuring ropes with an odd number of outer strands. (eg, circumferential tapes, calipers with plates - see illustration on facing page). Wear occurring at the crowns of outer wires is normal. Many standards state a rope must be removed from service when its actual diameter is reduced to 95% of the nominal diameter. The accompanying photos show examples of heavy normal wear on both regular and lang lay wire ropes.
Regular Lay
Lang Lay
This picture simulates 6 x 25 fw construction wire ropes with surface wear (only) of 113 the outer wire diameter.
Plastic enhanced ropes (impregnated or filled) require careful measurements. It is essential to measure the metal, not plastic on the exterior of the rope. Exterior measurement cannot be used to determine diameter reductions of the wire rope in plastic coated (jacketed) ropes. Rope core deterioration usually results in a reduction of the rope's diameter, making careful measurement important. Although the core provides less than 10% of the rope's strength (on standard six or eight strand IWRC ropes), that loss of strength may not be the primary concern. Deterioration of the core Jeads to increased stress and broken wires in the outer strands of the rope. These broken wires are usually valley breaks which can be more difficult to detect.
BROKEN WIRES Broken wires are another primary indicator of rope degradation, and remaining useful life. The accompanying table shows allowable wire breaks in typical installations. These broken wire removal criteria apply to wire rope operating on steel sheaves and drums. The user shall contact the sheave, drum, or equipment manufacturer or a qualified person for broken wire removal criteria for wire ropes operating on sheaves and drums made of material other than steel. If no other information is available, the standard broken wire removal criteria should be used. However, since the use of plastic sheaves may cause internal wire breakage, the inspector must pay particular attention to evidence of valley breaks or breaks against the core and corrosion in the rope valleys.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 65
TABLE 14 WHEN TO REPLACE WIRE ROPE-BASED ON NUMBER OF BROKEN WIRES* Running Ropes No. Broken Wires In Rotation Resistant Ropes
No. Broken Wires in Standard Ropes
Standing Ropes No. Broken Wires At End In one Rope Lay Connections
In all strands in one Rope Lay
In one strand in one Rope Lay
Overhead & Gantry Cranes
12**
4
--
--
--
ASME/B30A
Portal, Tower & Pillar Cranes
6**
3
4 in all strands in one rope lay or 2 in one strand in one rope lay
--
--
ASME/B30.5
Crawler, Locomotive & Truck Cranes
6**
3
2 in 6 rope diameters or 4 in 30 rope diameters
3
2
ASMEIB30.6
Derricks
6**
3
--
3
2
ASMEIB30.7
Base Mounted Drum Hoists
6**
3
--
3
2
ASMEIB30.8
Floating Cranes & Derricks
6**
3
--
3
2
ASMEIB30.16 Overhead Hoists
12**
4
2 in 6 rope diameters or 4 in 30 rope diameters
--
--
Personnel Hoists
6**
3
--
2**
2
Standard
Name
ASMEIB30.2
ANSI/AlOA
**For rope operating on steel sheaves and drums. Contact the sheave, drum, equipment manufacturer or a qualified person for removal criteria for wire ropes operating on sheaves and drum made of material other than steel. ** Also remove for 1 vaney break (at strand-to-strand contact point) or one protruding or looped wire broken at strand-t~-core contact point.
Wire breaks generally are seen in two locations on a rope; at the crowns of outer strands and in the valleys between outer strands.
Crown Wire Breaks
Valley Wire Breaks
66 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Crown wire breaks usually are due to normal wear and typically have square ends. Valley breaks may indicate an abnormal condition, such as loss of core support, small sheave grooves or deterioration from unusually heavy rope loading. When a wire has broken from excessive loading or a tensile overload, the ends of the wire will be pulled or necked down in diameter on each side of the break, in contrast to the typical square ends of crown wire breaks. In normal service, the wire breaks will exhibit characteristics of both axial loading and fatigue.
rt:
E
Figure 43. A wire broken under a tensile load that exceeds its strength is recognized by the "cup and cone" configuration at the fracture point (a). The necking down of the wire at this point shows that failure occurred while the wire retained its ductility. Shear-tensile fracture (b), usually exhibiting an anguJar flat plane failure surface, occurs in wire subjected to a combination of transverse and axial loads . Fatigue breaks are usually characterized by squared-off ends perpendicular to the wire either straight across or Z-shaped (c&d).
TYPES OF WIRE BREAKS As a wire rope moves over sheaves and drums, each strand and each wire in every strand moves and adjusts. Bending the rope or observing it moving slowly over a sheave can help the inspector find broken wires. Once wire breaks appear, their numbers will increase if the rope continues in service. Valley and strand-to-core contact point breaks are difficult to detect in a rope and must be taken very seriously. These types of wire breaks are indicative of conditions that result in internal degradation occurring at a faster rate than external degradation. Wire breaks at rope terminations are also indicators of rope degradation. A single broken wire at a termination is usually reason to question continued use of a rope; more than one break is usually sufficient reason to remove the rope from service. Wire Breaks at End Termination
Flexing a rope can often expose broken wires hidden in valleys between strands.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 67
HOW TO COUNT BROKEN WIRES Criteria for wire breaks, provided in Table 14 have been published by OSHA, ASME and other industry and govemmental organizations for specific applications. The criteria must be applicable for the wire rope being inspected. Allowable broken wires are stated either in relation to the rope's lay or multiples of rope diameter. Rope lay is one of the characteristics of wire rope that needs to be understood by a qualified inspector. Many industry standards and government regulations base the broken wire removal criteria on the number of wire breaks in a specified length or distance called a rope lay. Each wire rope has its own particular lay length. Just as the initial rope diameter was not determined until the rope had been installed, loaded and, ideally, broken in, the same practice should be followed with regard to the initial rope lay. The initial rope lay measurement should be recorded along with the initial rope diameter measurement. To measure one rope lay, mark a spot on one strand, then with a finger, trace that strand along one complete wrap around the rope, then make another mark on the same strand. This distance beween the marks is one rope lay.
Figure 42. These plan views and cross sections show the effects of abrasion and peening on wire rope. Note that a crack has formed as a result of heavy peening.
Strand Lay Length
abrasion
68 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Rope Lay Length
peening
It is possible to measure rope lay by placing a sheet of paper on the rope and stroking the paper with the side of a pencil. The image can be used to measure the rope's lay length. Count the number of outer strands in the rope, mark a starting point on one strand impression; count the same number of impressions as the number of outer strands; and make another mark. The lay length is the distance between the marks made on the image. By maintaining records of lay measurements at all inspections, a comparison can be made to detect changes in lay length that provides evidence of degradation. Any significant change in the rope's lay length between subsequent inspections is usually an indication that degradation has occured and a more careful inspection is warranted. To utilize this inspection and evaluation technique, the lay measurement comparisons must be made of impressions or measurements of the same section of rope on subsequent inspections.
SPECIALTY ROPES Round strand wire rope designs that have been in use for more than a century have been replaced in numerous applications by several enhanced rope constructions. These include compacted ropes, compacted strand ropes, plastic filled ropes, plastic coated ropes, rotation resistant ropes, shapedstrand ropes, and coreless ropes. The same inspection techniques apply to all ropes. The diameter, broken wires per specified interval, and change of lay length are important. Specialty ropes can pose challenges in determining operating limits and the necessity to remove from service. The rope manufacturer should be contacted for any specific instructions or recommendations. PLASTIC ENHANCED ROPES Wire breaks can occur in all plastic enhanced ropes, however iu the case where the plastic inhibits visual inspection, normal broken wire criteria cannot always be applied. In plastic coated wire ropes diameter reduction can be a better indicator of rope degradation than visible broken wires. Removal criteria for these ropes are normally provided by the equipment manufacturer. In plastic filled ropes and plastic coated IWRC ropes, normal inspection techniques will detect broken wires, but they may be more difficult to find. Since the plastic covering the crown wires of plastic filled ropes is relatively thin and wears away quickly, finding crown wire breaks is similar to standard ropes. Valley breaks are more difficult to detect. If a valley wire break is detected, it is prudent to increase the frequency of inspections and to be conservative in assessing continued use of the rope. Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 69
Plastic Coated Wire Rope
Plastic Filled Wire Rope
Plastic Coated IWRC Wire Rope
Plastic Processed Wire Rope Cross Sections.
Corrosion can occur in plastic enhanced ropes, and have the same effect as in standard ropes. Core condition and damage can be detected by diameter reduction and lengthening of lay. Separation of plastic coating is not necessarily an indicator of rope deterioration, however, it indicates a potential problem, and warrants close observation. COMPACTED ROPE AND COMPACTED STRAND ROPES During manufacture, these specialty ropes are drawn through dies and/or swaged to compact the metal content of the rope. Strands may be compacted before the rope is closed, or the entire rope compacted. When inspecting these ropes follow basic guidelines. Diameter and lay measurement procedures are no different than with standard ropes. It is essential to record a new rope's actual diameter and lay length immediately after installation to establish the base line for comparison at future inspections. Wire breaks can be more difficult to detect than in standard ropes, because the ends of the break do not always displace or separate. Any suspected wire break should be viewed with a magnifying glass to determine if it is a break. Bending the rope or observing it moving slowly over a sheave helps the inspector detect broken wires. Due to compaction, the spaces between wires and strands inside a rope are minimized, and lubrication is critical so that sliding and adjusting of wires and strands is not restricted. The inspector should be observant to the lack of or need for lubricant.
6x26 Warrington Seale Compacted Strand IWRC
8x26 Warrington Seale Compacted Strand IWRC
19x 19 Seale Compacted Strand
3 x 19 Seale Compacted (Swaged)
70 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
6x26 Wanington Seale Compacted (Swaged) IVVRC
6x31 WalTington Seale Compacted (Swaged) IWRC
ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES These wire ropes are designed so that the inner strands are laid counter to the outer strands. Under certain operating conditions, this design can result in accelerated internal wear. Careful initial measurements of diameter and lay are essential for comparisons in future inspections. Inspection procedures are generally the same as other ropes; however, the broken wire removal criterion is more restrictive. (see Table 14)
•• 8 x 19 Seale
8 x 25 Filler Wire
18 x 7
IWRC
IWRC
FC
••• 19 x 7
19 x 19 Seale
35x 7
35 x 19 Seale
RESULTS OF ABUSE
d
Abuse from handling and poor operating conditions may cause damage and can result in reduced service life of the wire rope. It is important to recognize the effects of these abuses to properly assess rope serviceability. Kinks (see Figure a&b left) are tightened loops with permanent strand distortion that result from improper handling when a rope is being installed or while in service. A kink happens when a loop is permitted to form and then is pulled down tight, causing permanent distortion of the strands. The damage is irreparable and the kink must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of service. Doglegs (see Figure 53, pg 79) are permanent bends caused by improper use or handling. If the dogleg is severe, the rope should be removed from service. If the dogleg is minor, (exhibiting no strand distortion) and cannot be observed when the rope is under tension, the area of the minor dogleg should be marked for observation and the rope can remain in service. Wavy rope occurs when one or more strands are misaligned with the rope body. This results from a variety of causes, including failure to properly seize the end of a rope prior to wedge socket installation; tight sheave grooves; or permitting torque or twist to develop during installation or operation. While not necessarily resulting in loss of strength, this condition may accelerate rope deterioration and requires increased frequency of inspections. Ropes must be removed from service when the height of the wave (d[) measures more than 33% of the nominal rope diameter above the nominal rope diameter in sections not bending around a sheave or drum or more than 10% of the nominal rope diameter above the nominal rope diameter in sections bending around a sheave or drum.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 71
IWRC or strand core protrusion between outer strands, commonly called bird caging or popped core, usually results from shock loading during operation, but can also be caused by improper handling. The damage is irreparable and the affected area must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of service. Crushing or flattening of the strands or rope is caused by various factors, including poor spooling on a drum, heavy loading and even poor installation procedures. This can result in broken wires or the accelerated deterioration of the rope. Abrasion (metal loss) and peening (metal deformation) occur when the rope contacts another metallic or abrasive surface, or from passing over the drum or sheaves. These result in the reduction of diameter and broken wires. Corrosion is most often the result of a lack of lubrication. It may result in premature fatigue failure of individual wires. It is especially important to inspect ropes at end terminations. Heat damage comes from any heat source such as welding, fire, power line strikes, or lightning. The damage is irreparable and the affected area must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of service. Protruding broken wire is a condition where one outer wire is broken at the point of contact with the core of the rope and has worked its way out of the rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the rope structure. The damage is irreparable and the affected area must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of service. There are occasions when a valley break (at strand to strand contact point) will protrude or raise above the surface of the rope. This also is a condition of serious concern and somewhat difficult to differentiate from a wire break at the strand to core contact point. When there are two or more valley breaks in a rope lay the affected area must be cut out or the rope taken out of service.
INSPECTION RECORDS Periodic inspections require a permanent record of each rope on the equipment. The sample form included in this brochure may be copied and completed by the inspector for the permanent record. This form is designed to provide a road map for recording pertinent data as an inspection proceeds. Any wire rope manufacturer that is a member of the Wire Rope Technical Board can provide inspection criteria, including recommendations and requirements of OSHA, ASME, ANSI, and other industry and governmental regulations. Permanent records of inspections are required by OSHA and other governmental regulations, and will be used for reference at the next inspection. These can be kept with the operator and maintenance manuals for the application, or in permanent office files.
72 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
J:
:r:
,,
,,
, ~-
, « ,,
....I
I- f-5 W
,, I+F , I- I-g , (J) a:: , fW f-~ , C0 ,, () , O a: , LL ,,
a:
o
NOMINAL LIFE STRETCH
,, ,, ,, () ,,,
~-
L:
::J
I
~
~-
ill
,
IZ
:
: ~tE-lO;
:~
~,
(J)
3-
: if
f-t>
()
Figure 41. This curve is plotted to show the relationship of wire rope stretch to the various stages of a rope's life.
,, l:l!
f-~ ,, a:: , ,
,, ,, ,,
,
,,, ,,
,
,
UNITS OF ROPE LIFE
WIRE ROPE STRETCH All ropes will stretch when loads are initially applied. For an extended discussion of stretch, see pp. 89-92. As a rope degrades from wear, fatigue, etc. (excluding accidental damage), continued application of a load of constant magnitude will produce varying amounts of rope stretch. A "stretch" curve plotted for stretch vs. time (Fig. 41) displays three distinct phases: Phase 1. Initial stretch, during the early (beginning) period of rope service, caused by the rope adjustments to operating conditions (constructional stretch). Phase 2. Following break-in, there is a long period-the greatest part of the rope's service life-during which a slight increase in stretch takes place over an extended time. This results from normal wear, fatigue, etc. On the plotted curve-stretch vs. time--this portion would almost be a horizontal straight line inclined slightly upward from its initial level. Phase 3. Thereafter, the stretch occurs at a quicker rate. This means that the rope has reached the point of rapid degradation; a result of prolonged SUbjection to abrasive wear, fatigue, etc. This second upturn of the curve is a warning indicating that the rope should soon be removed.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 73
TABLE 15 DIAGNOSTIC GUIDE TO COMMON WIRE ROPE DEGRADATION Mode
Symptoms
Possible Causes
Fatigue
Wire break is transverse--either straight across or Z shape. Broken ends will appear grainy.
Check for rope bent around too small a radius; vibration or whipping; wobbly sheaves; rollers too small; reverse bends; bent shafts; tight grooves; corrosion; small drums & sheaves; incorrect rope construction; improper installation; poor end terminations. (In the absence of other modes of degradation, all rope will eventually fail in fatigue.)
Tension
Wire break reveals a mixture of cup and cone fracture and shear breaks.
Check for overloads; sticky, grabby clutches; jerky conditions; loose bearing on drum; fast starts, fast stops, broken sheave flange; wrong rope size & grade; poor end terminations. Check for too great a strain on rope after factors of degradation have weakened it.
Abrasion
Wire break mainly displays outer wires worn smooth to knife edge thinness. Wire broken by abrasion in combination with another factor will show a combination break.
Check for change in rope or sheave size; change in load; overburden change; frozen or stuck sheaves; soft rollers, sheaves or drums; excessive fleet angle; misalignment of sheaves; kinks; improperly attached fittings; grit & sand; objects imbedded in rope; improper grooving.
Abrasion plus Fatigue
Reduced cross section is broken off square thereby producing a chisel shape.
A long term condition normal to the operating process.
Abrasion plus Tension
Reduced cross section is necked down as in a cup and cone configuration. Tensile break produces a chisel shape.
A long term condition normal to the operating process.
Cut or Gouged or Rough Wire
Wire ends are pinched down, mashed and/or cut in a rough diagonal shear-like manner.
Check on all above conditions for mechanical abuse, or either abnormal or accidental forces during installation.
Torsion or Twisting
Wire ends show evidence of twist and/or cork-screw effect.
Check on all the above conditions for mechanical abuse, or either abnormal or accidental forces during installation.
Mashing'
Wires are flattened and spread at broken ends.
Check on all the above conditions for mechanical abuse, or either abnormal or accidental forces during installation. (This is a common occurrence on the drum.)
74 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Figure 44A. An outer strand (top) from a 19 x 7 rotation resistant rope shows nicking that occurs between adjacent strands as well as between strands and the inner rope (bottom). Similar nicking patterns occur in other ropes with an IWRC.
Figure 44B. An outer strand removed from a wire rope that experienced strand-to-strand nicking. This nicking results from adjacent strands rubbing against one another and can be an indication of core failure, operation of the rope under high loads, improper sheave groove contour or small bending radii. Ultimately, this may result in wire breaks in the valleys between the strands.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 75
Figure 45A. A tightly spiralled "pig-tailed" rope; this condition is often the result of the rope being pulled around an object that has a small diameter.
Figure 45B. Drum crushing and spiraling in a winch line. This is caused by the small drums, high loads, and multiple layer uncontrolled winding conditions frequently found on winches.
76 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Figure 46. When a reel has been damaged in transit, it is a safe assumption that there can be irreparable damage to the rope.
Figure 47. Wire rope abuses dUling shipment create serious problems. One of the more common causes is improper fastening of rope end to reel. e.g., nailing through the rope end. These photos show two acceptable methods: a) one end of a wire "noose" holds the rope, and the other end is secUl'ed to the reel: and b) the rope end is held in place by a J-bolt or U -bolt that can be fixed to a reel.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 77
Figure 48. Wire rope with a high strand. In this condition, one or two strands are worn before adjoining strands. This is caused by improper socketing or seizing, kinks or doglegs. The top illustration (a) is a close view of the concentration of wear, the lower (b) shows how, in a sixstrand rope, this recurs in every sixth strand.
Figure 49. This rope was dan1aged on the reel by a sharp object.
c Figure 50. These rope damages-the result of bad drum winding- are refened as: a) layer-tolayer crushing, b) scrubbing at cross-over or flange turnback, and c) layer-to-Iayer crushing.
78· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Figure 51, The individual wires in this rope have been distorted and displaced from their normal position due to drum crushing.
Figure 52. A deeply cOlrugated sheave.
Figure 53. This rope condition is called a dogleg.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 79
The following conditions (Figs. 54 and 55) are often caused l>y a sudden release of tension and the resulting rebound of the rope from its loaded condition. The strands and wires are trapped in the position shown and can not return to their original position. These conditions can also result from a build up of twist in the rope.
Figure 54. Improper handling, rope rotation or sudden release of a load can cause a 'popped core'.
Figure 55. A 'birdcage' resulting from a sudden release of the load causes damage to the rope structure.
Figure 56. 'Snagged wires' can be the result of damage to the rope in service or from unequal adjustment of wire within the rope's strands.This condition can be accentuated by lack oflubrication.
80' Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Figure 57. This is an example of a wire rope that has jumped a sheave and failed in tension over a small radius. The deformation is in the shape of a curl-from being bent around the small radius.
Figure 58. This is the appearance of a typical tension break on a test sample broken in a tensile machine Note, not all strands have failed as the load relaxes when the initial few stands and/or the core fail.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 81
Figure 59. This rope was subjected to repeated bending over sheaves while under normal loads. Fatigue breaks in the individual outer wires resulted. The wire breaks are square-end and the majority are found on the crown of the strands.
Figure 60. An example of fatigue fractures in a wire rope that was subjected to heavy loads while over small sheaves. Most wires are breaking in the valleys between the strands. These valley breaks are a result of strand-to-strand nicking. See Figures 44A and B.
Figure 61. A typical example of localized wear. The cumulative effect can be minimized and the rope life extended jf a suitable cut-off practice was employed.
82 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
ELECTROMAGNETIC TESTING OF WIRE ROPE Electromagnetic non-destructive testing (NDT) of wire rope can be an extremely valuable tool for the evaluation of the condition of a wire rope. NDT is frequently used on wire ropes used in underground mines, material and passenger tramways, and aerial lifts. The NDT devices in use today are capable of detecting localized faults such as wire breaks and damage and loss of metallic area (LMA). A strip chart can be produced by the device which provides a visual display and location of anomalies from a baseline reading. The rope can then be visually inspected for confirmation and assessment of the actual condition. It is recommended that any new length of wire rope which will be assessed by NDT equipment be inspected as soon as it is installed. This inspection will then be the baseline for future NDT inspections from which LMA and other anomalies can be assessed. NDT inspection should not be, and is not intended to be, the only means of inspection. NDT inspections should always be considered an aid or supplement to a careful and proper visual inspection. The output of an NDT will indicate areas of the rope that need closer inspection. None of the NDT devices in use can measure loss of strength. Any attempt to estimate the loss of strength should be based on the actual rope breaking strength and not on the rope's minimum breaking force. It is very difficult and often misleading to estimate loss of strength based solely on LMA.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 83
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION Any undetected fault on a sheave, roller, or drum-be it of relatively major or minor significance-can cause a rope to wear out many times faster than the wear resulting from normal operations. As a positive means of minimizing abuses and other than normal wear, the procedures here set forth should be adhered to. Every observation and measurement should be carefully recorded and kept in some suitable and accessible file. l) Give close examination to the method by which the rope is attached both to the drum and to the load. Make certain that the proper type of attachment is applied correctly, and that any safety devices in use are in satisfactory working order. 2) Carefully check the groove and working surface of every sheave, roller, and drum, to determine whether each (groove and surface) is as near to the correct diameter and contour as circumstances will permit, and whether all surfaces that are in contact with the rope are smooth and free of corrugations or other abrasive defects. 3) Check sheaves and rollers to determine whether each turns freely, and whether they are properly aligned with the travel of the rope. All bearings must be in good operating condition and furnish adequate support to the sheaves and rollers. Sheaves that are permitted to wobble will create additional forces that accelerate the degradation of the rope. 4) If starter, filler, and riser strips on drums are used, check their condition and location. Should these be worn, improperly located or badly designed, they will cause poor spooling, doglegs, and other rope damage. 5) Wherever possible, follow the path that the rope will follow through a complete operating cycle. Be on the lookout for spots on the equipment that have been worn bright or cut into by the rope as it moves through the system. Ordinarily, excessive abrasive wear on the rope can be eliminated at these points by means of some type of protector or roller.
FIELD LUBRICATION Standard wire ropes are lubricated during the manufacturing process; the kind and amount of lubricant depends on the rope's size, type, and use. The lubrication applied to the rope at manufacturing will provide the finished rope with ample protection for a reasonable time if it is stored under proper conditions. But, when the rope is put into service, the initial lubrication will normally be less than needed for the full useful life of the rope. Because of this, periodic replacement applications of a suitable rope lubricant are necessary.
84' Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Following are the important characteristics of a good wire rope lubricant: 1) It should be free from acids and alkalis. 2) It should have sufficient adhesive strength to remain on the ropes. 3) It should be of a viscosity capable of penetrating the interstices between wires and strands. 4) It should not be soluble in the medium surrounding it under the actual operating conditions. 5) It should have a high film strength. 6) It should have anti-corrision additives. Note: Used lubricants from other applications, such as used motor oil, should not be used on wire ropes as they may contain harmful alkalis, acids or solids. Before applying lubrication, accumulations of dirt or other abrasive material should be removed from the rope. Cleaning is accomplished with rags, a stiff wire brush dipped in solvent or compressed air. Immediately after it is cleaned, the rope should be lubricated. When it is normal for the rope to operate in dirt, rock or other abrasive material, the lubricant should be selected with great care to make certain that it will penetrate and, at the same time, will not pick up abnormal amounts of the material through which the rope must be dragged. As a general rule, the most efficient and most economical means to do field lubrication/protection is by using some method or system that continuously applies the lubricant while the rope is in operation. Many techniques are used; these include the continuous bath, dripping, pouring, swabbing, painting, or where circumstances dictate, automatic systems can be used to apply lubricants either by a drip or pressure spray method. (Fig. 62).
CONTINUOUS BATH POURING DRIPPING
SWABBING SPRAY NOZZLE
Figure 62. Typical methods of lubricant application in general use, including continuous bath, dripping, pouring, swabbing, painting, and spraying. If the lubricant is applied when the rope is bent, the lubricant will normally penetrate much easier. Arrows indicate the direction of the rope movement. Because of potential hazards to personnel during hand lubrication, extreme care should be taken during these procedures.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 85
WIRE ROPE EFFICIENCY WHEN OPERATING OVER SHEAVES (TACKLE BLOCK SYSTEM) Some portion of a wire rope's strength-when operating over sheaves-is expended in turning the sheaves. In multi-pari tackle block system (Fig. 63) this loss of available lifting strength can be significant. The load on the lead line (fast line) under static (no-movement) conditions can be readily calculated if the load is divided by the number of parts of line as expressed in the following formula: Fast line load = Total load (incl. slings. containers, etc.) Number of parts of line For example, in a four-part system (Fig. 63D) lifting 6000 lb, the lead line load will equal: 6000 lb. = .6!2QQ or 1500 lb. 4 parts of line 4
A.
ONE-PART LINE
8. TWO-PART LINE
C.
THREE-PART LINE
D. FOUR-PARTLINE
E. FIVE-PART LINE
Figure 63. Commonly used single- and multiple-sheave blocks (tackles). Static loading on the rope is: A) equaJ to, B) 1/2 of, C) 113 of, D) 114 of. and E) 1/5 of the supported load. NOTE: Only the parts of line between the top (crown) block and the bottom (traveling) block are counted when determining the numbers of parts of line.
86 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
As noted, the available lifting strength is reduced by the friction of turning the sheaves. The Lead-Line Factors shown below give values to allow the user to calculate the loss due to this friction. The loss is determined by the type of bearings in the lifting system sheave blocks. The schematic diagram (Fig. 64) shows 4-part reeving. This system has the same number of sheaves as there are parts of line. The following procedure presumes this condition throughout. Provision for extra lead sheaves are given at the end of this discussion. To calculate the lead line load, the combined load of the container, contents and lifting attachments is multiplied by the lead line factor as follows: Lead line load := lead line factor x load.
N 5
=4 =4
Figure 64. Schematic representation of a four-part reeving system, N=the number of parts of line supporting the load (W), and S=the number of rotating sheaves.
For example, if the four-part lifting system in the previous example has ball or roller bearings in the sheaves, the lead line load will increase from 1500 lb. to 1650 lb. when the load starts to move. On the other hand, if the sheaves have plain bearings such as bronze bushings, the lead line load will increase to 1854 lb. Today, many cranes, denicks and other lifting systems use 8 or more parts of line in various parts of the reeving. The effect on mUlti-part systems can be quite significant and must be included in the calculations of any lift plan. To show the impact of these factors, in an 8-part system with plain bearings lifting a 6000 lb. load, the lead line load jumps from 750 lb. in a static condition to 1086 lb. This is an increase of45%!
TABLE 16 LEAD LINE FACTORS*
*In using this table, the user should note that it is based on the assumption that the number of parts of line (N) is equal to the number of sheaves (S). When S exceeds N, refer to the next page. It should be noted that other bearing materials and types are available. When using these other types, their coefficient of friction should be used in the calculations.
Parts of Line
With Plain Bearing Sheaves
With Roller Bearing Sheaves
1 2 3 4
1.09 .568 .395 .309
1.04 .530 .360 .275
5 6 7 8
.257 .223 .199 .181
.225 .191 .167 .148
9 10 11 12
.167 .156 .147 .140
.135 .123 .114 .106
13 14 15
.133 .128 .124
.100 .095 .090
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 87
Fig. 65 shows a similar 4-part system with an additional lead in sheave. In such cases, for each additional sheave the tabulated value is multiplied by 1.09 for plain bearings, or 1.04 for anti-friction bearings. Example: What is the lead-line factor for a plain bearing lifting system of 4 parts ofline and two extra lead in sheaves? The tabulated value is 0.309. Since there are two additional sheaves, the computation is: .309 x 1.09 x 1.09 = .367 What is the lead line load on this system with a 6000 lb. load? 6000 x .367 = 2202 lb. It should be emphasized that the "dead-end" of the rope may also be subjected to this augmented load. Systems in which both rope ends are attached to a drum, as found in some overhead cranes are outside the scope of this discussion. Similar tables and equations are available for these systems. Rather than going into those factors in this manual, it is suggested that information on such systems be obtained directly from your wire rope supplier.
EXTRA SHEAVE
N=4
5=5
Figure 65. Schematic representation of a 4-part reeving system with an extra (idler) sheave.
88 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
6 Physical Properties ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF WIRE ROPE The following discussion relates to conventional 6- or 8-strand ropes that have either fiber or steel cores; it is not applicable to rotation-resistant ropes since these constitute a separate case. Wire rope is an elastic member; it stretches or elongates under load. This stretch derives from two sources: 1) constructional, and 2) elastic. In actuality, there may be a third source of stretch-a result of the rope rotating on its own axis. Such elongation, which may occur either as a result of using a swivel, or from the effect of a free-turning load, is brought about by the unlaying of the rope strands. Because the third source is not a recommeded occurrence, it is a subject that is beyond the scope of this publication. Our discussion will be limited to constructional and elastic stretch.
CONSTRUCTIONAL STRETCH When a load is applied to wire rope, the helically-laid wires and strands act in a constricting manner thereby compressing the core and bringing all the rope elements into closer contact. The result is a slight reduction in the rope's diameter and an accompanying lengthening of the rope. Constructional stretch is influenced by the following factors: 1) type of core (fiber or steel) 2) rope construction (6 x 7,6 x 25 FW, 6 x 41 WS, 8 x 19S, etc.) 3) length of lay, 4) material Ropes with wire strand core (WSC) or independent wire rope core (IWRC) have less constructional stretch than those with fiber core (FC). The reason for this is that steel cannot compress as much as the fiber can. Usually, constructional stretch will cease at an early stage in the rope's life. However, some fiber core ropes, if lightly loaded (as in the case of elevator ropes), may display a degree of constructional stretch over a considerable portion of their life. A definite value for determining constructional stretch cannot be assigned since it is influenced by several factors. The following table gives some idea of the approximate total constructional stretch as a percentage of rope length.
Rope construction
Approximate Total Constructional Stretch
6 strand FC 6 strand IWRC 8 strand FC 8 strand IWRC
112% - 3/4% 114% - 112% 3/4% - 1% 112% - 3/4%
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 89
ELASTIC STRETCH Elastic stretch results from recoverable deformation of the steel itself. Here, again, a quantity cannot be precisely calculated. However, the following equation can provide a reasonable approximation for a good many situations.
Changes in length (ft)-
Change in load (lb) x Length (ft) 2 Area (inches )x Modulus of Elasticity (psi)
The modulus of elasticity is given in Table 17, and the area can be found in Table 18.
TABLE 17 APPROXIMATE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY PSI* Rope Classification 6 x 7 with fiber core 6 x 19 with fiber core 6 x 36 with fiber core 8 x 19 with fiber core 6 x 19 with IWRC 6 x 36 with IWRC 8 x 19 with IWRC 8 x 36 with IWRC
Zero through 20% Loading
21 % to 65% Loading
11,700,000 10,800,000 9,900,000 8,100,000 13,500,000 12,600,000 12,000,000 11,500,000
13,000,000 12,000,000 11,000,000 9,000,000 15,000,000 14,000,000 13,500,000 13,000,000
*Applicable to new rope with constructional stretch removed. EXAMPLE: How much elastic stretch is expected to occur in 200 ft of 112 inch 6 x 25 FW ElP IWRC rope when loaded to 20% of its minimum breaking force? Minimum Breaking Force = 13.3tons (26,600 Ib) 20% of which = 5,320 lb. Area of 112 inch is found by squaring the diameter and multiplying it by the area of 1 inch rope given in Table 18 under the "IWRC" heading and opposite 6 x 25 FW, i.e., 112 x 112 x .483=.121. The modulus of elasticity is found in Table 17 opposite the 6 x 19 IWRC (because 6 x 25FW is a member of this classification) and under the "Zero through 20% Loading." i.e. 13,500,000 psi. Substituting these values, the equation reads as follows: Change in length =(5320 x 200) / (.121 x 13,500,000) = 0.65 feet or 7.8 inches. 5320 x 200 Change in length = .121 x 13,500,000
= .65 Ft (7.8 inches) A word of caution concerning the use of Table 17: the higher modulus given under the "21 % to 65% Loading" is based on the assumption that both the initial and the final load fall within this range. If the above example were restated to the effect that the load was 35% (or 9,310 Ib) of the minimum breaking force, it would be incorrect to rework the problem simply by making two substitutions: the new load and the higher modulus of 15,000,000 psi. To do so would ignore the greater stretch that occurs at the lower modulus during the initial loading.
90 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
* Values given are based on 3% oversize because this is a common design "target." But, this figure often varies and is not to be considered a standard. Wire sizes in specific constructions also vary, thus the given values are approximate. They are, however, within the range of accuracy of the entire method that is, in itself, approximate. For constructions, consult the rope manufacturer. As indicated, it is necessary to know the rope area in order to solve the previously given stretch equation. For diameters other than 1 inch, multiply the area given in this table by the square of the nominal rope diameter. Example: To find the area of 1/2" 6 x 36 WS IWRC From the table: .485 Diameter squared: (112)2=114 or .5 x .5 =.25 Multiply table value by diameter squared: Area =.25 x .485=.121 inches 2 Example: To find the area of 1-1/4" 6 x 25 FW FC Answer: (1.25)2 x .417::::1.563 x .417=.652 inches 2
TABLEtS APPROXIMATE METALLIC AREAS OF ONE-INCH ROPE OF VARIOUS CONSTRUCTIONS* IWRC Cable Fiber or Laid Construction Core WSC 5x7 .390 .457 6x6 .320 .386 6x7 .384 .451 6 x 12 .232 6x 191217 .376 .442 6x 19S .404 .470 6x 19W .416 .482 6x21 FW .412 .478 6x21 S .411 .477 6 X 2415/9 .329 6x25FW .417 .483 6x26WS .409 .476 6x29FW .420 .486 6 X 3112/19 .385 .452 6x31 WS .414 .481 6x33FW .423 .490 6x36WS .419 .485 6x3718119W .393 .459 6x37FW .427 .493 6x41 SFW .425 .491 6x41 WS .424 .490 6 X 42 Tiller .231 6x43 FWS .392 .458 6 x46 SFW .425 .492 6x46WS .426 .492 6x61 FWS .408 .474 7x7 .471 7 X 19 1217 .466 7x 19W .505 8x7 .343 .474 8 X 19 S .359 .472 8x 19W .366 .497 8x25FW .368 .499 8x 19FW .366 .499 18 X 7 .422 19 X 7 .453 6 X 3 X 19 .122 7x7x7 .343 7 X 7 X 19 .361 Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 91
In this instance, the problem would be worked out in two parts: the first follows the above equation, and in the second part, the ioad starts at 5,230 Ib and ends at 79,310 lb, and 15,000,000 psi is used as the modulus. Thus: Change in length = (9.310 - 5,320) x 200.65 = .44 ft (5.3 inches) . . .121 x 15;000,000 Note that because the length of the rope used was in feet, the answer (change in length) is also in feet. To this figure the previously determined 7.8 inches must be added. Hence, elastic stretch of this rope at 35% of its minimum breaking force would De approximately: j
Elastic stretch: @ 0 through 20% @ 21%-35%
=
.65 ft (7.8 inches) .44 ft (5.3 inches)
=
TOTAL STRETCH :::
1.09 ft (13.1 inches)
Where it is necessary to have precise data on elastic characteristics, a load vs. elongation test must be perforl1led on a representative sample of the rope under consideration.
170
160
150
~
140
3120 ~IIO
~..., 100 ~CI'i
90
I7' ... - jo---- ._ .........."" ............ 7 .
!oJ
~80
....
./ 1/
;:\1C
... 11::60 40
.JII' ~
:/
;
-_.-
-.-.¥.~-.~-
I I
~~
30
Figure 66. This graph is called the Relative Service Life Curve. It relates the service life to operating loads. A design factor of 5 is chosen most frequently.
V
/ ./'
50
~,
I
I
...,. 130
20
7
10
o 1/ 1
./ I 2
4
92· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
~
6
DESIGN FACTOR
7
8
9
,"
' "
'
"
,
','
••
'Oi'" '""",
Never mount or dismount while carryIng tools or objects that prevent three-point contact. Put parts or tools down. MaintaInIng proper contact, climb or dismount, and then pIck up the object.
DUring mounting and dismounting: • Use hand holds and step plates. • Never use steering wheels, joysticks or controls as handholds. • Never Jump on or off the machine. • Never mount or dismount from a movIng machIne.
Warn Personnel Before Starting Before starting, walk completely around the machIne. Make sure there is adequate clearance for tail swing and no one is under the machine, onit, close to it, or in any pinch points. Barricade the area to prevent entry. Let others know you are starting up and don't start until everyone IS completely clear of the machine. As the equIpment operator, you are responsible for the safe use of the machine, so always make sure you have communrcated your work plans to others on the site.
Face the machine when you enter or leave the machine. Clean shoes and wIpe hands. Clean steps and handholds of chemIcal resIdue, snow, Ice, mud or oil.
'I'!!">!IItc'
.,.".
"*,,, Before starting i 1P'
'walk completely~ around crane,.
,,"i
19
Start Safely Starting the Engine
A
WARNING! Start the engine from the operator's seat only. Never attempt to start the engine by shorting across starter terminals. The machine may move unexpectedly, which could cause serious Injury or death to anyone In its path.
• Familiarize yourself with warning devices, gauges and operating controls • Make sure controls are In the neutral/locked position • Clear the area of all persons • Start the engine follOWing the Instructions In the manufacturer's operating manual(s) • If necessary to run the engine or operate the machine In an enclosed area, be sure there IS proper ventilation
A
WARNING! Exhaust fumes can kill. Do not breathe exhaust fumes!
Check for warning tags. If there IS a warning tag on the starting switch or engine starting controls, do not operate the switch or start the engine until the warning tag has been removed by the person who placed it there or by someone authorized to do so. Know the exact starting procedure for your machine. See the manufacturer's operating manual(s) for starting. • Sit In the operator's seat and adjust the seat so you can operate all the controls properly. • Fasten the seat belt/operator restraint. 20
Starting Aids If you have trouble starting the engine and need to use Jumper cables, follow the Instructions In manufacture~'s operating manual(s). Never attempt to start the engine except from an approved operator's station.
Start Safely A
WARNING! Improper JUinp-starting procedures may cause serious Injury or death from a battery explosion or a run-away machine. Always use proper jump-starting procedure. (See page 64, Battery Hazards.)
Ether/cold start flUid is HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. Before uSing it, always read the Instructions on the ether/ cold start fluid container and the Instructions In the manufacturer's operating manual(s).
After Starting Engine Observe gauges, Instruments, and warning lights to assure that they are functioning and their readings are within the operating range. Make sure the machine IS operating properly by dOing the follOWing: • Operate each pedal, lever, and Joystick to make sure all controls operate properly • Make sure all operational aids and limiters are Installed and operating properly • Test engine speed controls • listen for unusual nOises \1'
~f'F~
A
iiiiiI
WARNING! AVOId Injury from explosion or fire. If the engine IS equipped with a glow plug pre-heater or other Intake manifold type pre-heater, follow manufacturer's instructions before using ether/cold start fluid.
Run an Operating Check Do not use a machine that IS not In proper operating condition. It IS your responsibility to check the condition of all systems and to run the check In a safe area.
~
A
WARNING! Before operating the machine under working conditions, be certain you can control the speed and direction of the machine and load. Any loss of control could result In death or serious inJury. 21
Operate Safely Masked Visibility Areas
Remember These Rules
Cranes have areas where the operator's visibility of the job site can be affected by the machine itself. Attachments, the load, and even items In the cab could limit your view of the surrounding area and possibly mask hazards or people around you. These masked visibility areas vary from machine to machine, and it IS very Important you be aware of these areas before operating your machine.
Be alert while operating: • Do not read • Do not dnnk • Do not eat • Do not use your phone • Do not operate the crane while under the Influence of alcohol, drugs, or any substance that would affect your ability to operate the crane safely • Do not work if fatigue or excessive work reqUirements affect your ability to safely operate the crane • Keep your eyes on the moving load or signal person. • Pay attention to the your job. If you must turn attention elsewhere, stop operations
Follow these safety precautions to reduce the hazards posed by masked visibility areas: • Pay particular attention when raising or lowenng a load or the boom/jib, if equipped, because masked visibility areas can change. • Look around the machine before operating. Objects near the machine and close to the ground can be difficult to see from the cab. • Always look In the direction of travel, Including reverse. A back-up alarm IS no substitute for looking behind you when operating the machine In reverse. • Keep bystanders outside barricades, even if your machine is equipped with a back-up alarm. • Follow signals from signal person or signal system. 22
~.;/I!r.'' personnel ".~ ,"-
""
\f,':-'
Apply the travel brakes to hold crawler crane In position while working. Apply service and/or parking brakes to hold wheel mounted crane In position.
...~
'r.
".-Stand clear of load~ «",boom, and ngglDg1!> wben using tag lioeS '"". "''ilP''iili
'''''' ,,\iii
Never hOist two or more separately rigged loads In one lift, even if the combined load IS within rated capacity. The ngglng may become fouled, causing damage or load shift which IS hazardous.
J'fr..
A
WARNING! When uSing tag lines to gUide a load, do not wrap the line around any part of your body or clothing. You may have to release the line quickly to avoid serious injury. For night operations the Job site should be adequately lit so the operator and ground personnel can see all movements of the crane, boom, jib, and load. 31
Opera'e Safely Pinch Points
Electrical Power Lines
Pinch pOints are areas that can pin or crush a person or body part between a moving part and another object.
Before working In the vIcinity of power lines: • Contact the owners of the power lines or the nearest electnc utility. Look them up In your local telephone directory • You and the electnc utility representative must JOintly determine what specific precautions will be taken to ensure safety • Consider all lines to be power lines and treat all power lines as energized, even if it IS known that the power IS shut off and the line IS visibly grounded • It IS the responsibility of the user and the electnc utility to see that necessary precautions are taken
Keep personnel clear of pinch POints both on the crane and external to the crane. External pinch pOints can occur between the load and another object. The operator should know where all personnel are when sWinging crane. Prevent any motion between pinch pOints when performing maintenance and to completely avoid these areas when movement IS possible. Keep hands, clothing, and fall protection harness clear of sheaves and drums dunng crane operation, assembly/disassembly, and maintenance. Keep all body parts clear of telescoping components unless the sections are securely anchored together and power IS shut off. 32
Working in the Vicinity of Power Lines
A
DANGER! Contact with energized power lines will cause serious injury or death. Never approach overhead power lines with any part of your machine unless all local, state/provincial, and national (OSHA) required safety precautions have been taken. Always use extreme caution around power lines.
Operate Safely You are working In the VIcinity of power lines when the attachment or load of your crane, In any position, can reach Inside the required clearance specified by local, state/provincial, or federal regulations.
Required Clearance for Operation Near High-Voltage Power Lines Normal Voltage kV (Phase to Phase)
Minimum Approach Distancet ft. (m)
kV
10
(3.0)
kV Over 200 to 350 kV Over 350 to 500 kV Over 500 to 750 kV Over 750 to 1,000 kV Over 1,000 kV
15
(4.6)
20
(6.1)
Up to 50
Over 50 to 200
25
(7.6)
35
(10.7)
.
(13.7)
45
.
tEnvlronmental conditions such as fog, smoke or precipitation may reqUire Increased clearances. "As established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who IS a qualHied person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution.
Crane mounted cage-type boom guards, Insulating links, and proximity devices have limitations. The use of such devices IS not a substitute for strict adherence to all safe operator practices and procedures. Treat all wires as energized. Store all matenals the maximum possible distance from all power lines.
Keep the crane the maximum possible distance from overhead lines. Watch your boom clearance when traveling. Uneven ground may cause the boom to contact power lines. If necessary to work near power lines, check local, state/provincial and federal codes. -«l '1:\"
.
"'~
-.,' Keep boom and,~ load clear of all .•~ "l' power lines ..iA ...
.~
jiij
Caution all ground personnel to stand clear of the machine and the load at all times. If the load must be gUided Into place, consult your local electnc utility company for specific precautions that must be taken. Complete a practice run In tight area. It will help you determine the easiest way to operate under eXisting conditions. It IS the responsibility of the Signal person to observe the crane and load to be sure neither approaches a power line. The Signal person must be In direct communication with the operator, and the operator must pay close attention to the Signals. (See page 49, Hand Signals Chart) 33
Operate Safely Accidental Contact with Power Lines
A
DANGER! If the crane comes in contact with power lines, stay at the operator's station, if possible, until the lines can be neutralized. The surrounding ground around the equipment is also electrically charged. Contact with electrically charged parts of the equipment or surrounding ground will result in death or serious injury.
High voltage contact will result In electrical current flowing down the boom and through the crane to ground. The ground will then be energized with a high voltage near the crane and lower voltage farther away. Grounding the crane will not protect workers on the ground surrounding the crane.
Emergency Exit Procedure
A
DANGER! It is advised that you stay in the operator's station if contact is made with electrical wires. Contact with differently electrically charged parts of the machine or surrounding ground will result in death or serious injury.
34
Wi!'.' ~'.
.•.1,o
o"~
.0.'' '
U.se a signal person1lP .,JIuide travel througbs. iii. difficult areas,~ •.
v'v
;.!iiI
Know the weight of your crane and the load limitations of the travel route. 41
Opera'e Safely Travel Safely Make certain no person or property will be endangered before you travel or sWing the crane. When traveling or sWinging the crane, slow down to prevent losing control. Consult manufacturer's operating manual for travel procedures. Don't obstruct your vIsion when traveling or working. (See page 22, Masked Visibility Areas.)
A
WARNING! AVOId death or senous InJury. Make sure you can see where you are going.
When starting up a steep grade or passing over the crest of a hill, keep the boom lowered as close to the ground as practical. But be sure there IS enough clearance beneath boom that it does not contact the ground when breaking over a nse.
A
WARNING! Avoid death or senous inJury. Travel up and down slopes with the boom as low as practically possible and pointed uphill.
Signal your Intention to move or stop by sounding the horn - one blast for stop, two blasts for a forward move, and three for a reverse move.
Stay at the operator's station whenever the crane IS In motion or the engine IS running.
~('A )~ ( • )
A
WARNING! Avoid senous injury or death. Keep the boom as low as possible for maximum stability and visibility "",,,,.fC" ,f"', ,'"!!\",,'1!1!1 (~ep boom as low¥apssible for maximqgl $lability and vlsilljJjty ~" ,~",~,,,,,.
42
"""~"'~ Sbund a warnifill ;' signal to alert'~ ""',pers,onnel of you~ ""'" ,i!1tention,~.",a lilt "'iitif ijj
Never allow a crane to be used to transport personnel.
A
WARNING! USing a crane to transport personnel IS extremely dangerous and can cause death or senous InJury. Never allow a crane to be used to transport personnel under any circumstance.
Operate Safely Watch for narrow spots and low clearances: • Use a signal person when maneuvering in tight quarters and/or clearances are close • Know your crane's height and width • Know bridge load limits, and don't exceed them • Know your slope and ground support limitations • Be sure of tail sWing clearances In narrow spots • Reduce travel speed when maneuvering In tight quarters If sWinging IS reqUired dUring traveling with a friction (mechanical) crane without Independent sWing, engage sWing clutch before releasing brakes. Always release sWing brake as you engage sWing lever. Be sure crawlers are blocked to prevent downhill movement before shifting steering clutches if crane IS not equipped with automatic traction brakes. ~.,~.
"".'
,~
""'If
IUock crawlers befq\i8 ""shifting steering •• .
